TI F28M35H20B1_1110

F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Concerto Microcontrollers
1 F28M35x ( Concerto™) MCUs
1.1
Features
• Master Subsystem — ARM® Cortex™-M3
– 100 MHz
– Embedded Memory
• Up to 512KB Flash (ECC)
• Up to 32KB RAM (ECC/Parity)
• Up to 64KB Shared RAM
• 2KB IPC Message RAM
– 5 Universal Asynchronous
Receiver/Transmitters (UARTs)
– 4 Synchronous Serial Interfaces (SSIs)/
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
– 2 Inter-integrated Circuits (I2Cs)
– Universal Serial Bus On-the-Go (USB-OTG) +
PHY
– 10/100 ENET 1588 MII
– 2 Controller Area Networks (CANs)
– 32-Channel Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
– Dual Security Zones (128-Bit Password per
Zone)
– External Peripheral Interface (EPI)
– Micro Cyclic Redundancy Check (µCRC)
Module
– 4 General-Purpose Timers
– 2 Watchdog Timer Modules
– Endianness: Little Endian
• Clocking
– On-chip Crystal Oscillator/External Clock
Input
– Dynamic PLL Ratio Changes Supported
• 1.2-V Digital, 1.8-V Analog, 3.3-V I/O Design
• Interprocessor Communications (IPC)
– 32 Handshaking Channels
– 4 Channels Generate IPC Interrupts
– Can be Used to Coordinate Transfer of Data
Through IPC Message RAMs
• Up to 74 Individually Programmable,
Multiplexed GPIO Pins
• Control Subsystem — TMS320C28x™ 32-Bit
CPU
– 150 MHz
– Embedded Memory
• Up to 512KB Flash (ECC)
• Up to 36KB RAM (ECC/Parity)
• Up to 64KB Shared RAM
• 2KB IPC Message RAM
– IEEE-754 Single-Precision Floating-Point
Unit (FPU)
– Viterbi, Complex Math, CRC Unit (VCU)
– Serial Communications Interface (SCI)
– Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
– Inter-integrated Circuit (I2C)
– 6-Channel Direct Memory Access (DMA)
– 9 Enhanced Pulse Width Modulator (ePWM)
Modules
• 18 Outputs (16 High-Resolution)
– 6 32-Bit Enhanced Capture (eCAP) Modules
– 3 32-Bit Enhanced Quadrature Encoder
(eQEP) Modules
– Multi-Channel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP)
– One Security Zone (128-Bit Password)
– 3 32-Bit Timers
– Endianness: Little Endian
• Analog Subsystem
– Dual 12-Bit Analog-to-Digital Converters
(ADCs)
– Up to 2.88 MSPS
– Up to 20 Channels
– 4 Sample-and-Hold (S/H) Circuits
– Up to 6 Comparators With 10-Bit
Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC)
– On-chip Temperature Sensor
• Package
– 144-Pin RFP PowerPAD™ Thermally
Enhanced Thin Quad Flatpack (HTQFP)
1
2
3
4
5
Please be aware that an important notice concerning availability, standard warranty, and use in critical applications of Texas
Instruments semiconductor products and disclaimers thereto appears at the end of this data sheet.
Concerto, TMS320C28x, PowerPAD, C28x, C2000, Piccolo, Delfino, TMS320C2000, XDS are trademarks of Texas Instruments.
Cortex is a trademark of ARM Limited.
ARM is a registered trademark of ARM Ltd or its subsidiaries.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
PRODUCT PREVIEW information concerns products in the formative
or design phase of development. Characteristic data and other
specifications are design goals. Texas Instruments reserves the right
to change or discontinue these products without notice.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
PRODUCT PREVIEW
12345
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
1.2
www.ti.com
Description
The Concerto™ family is a multi-core system-on-chip microcontroller (MCU) with independent
communication and real-time control subsystems. The F28M35x is the first series in the Concerto family.
The communications subsystem is based on the industry-standard 32-bit ARM® Cortex™-M3 CPU and
features a wide variety of communication peripherals, including Ethernet 1588, USB OTG with PHY, CAN,
UART, SSI, I2C, and an external interface.
The real-time control subsystem is based on TI’s industry-leading proprietary 32-bit C28x™ Floating-Point
CPU and features the most flexible and high-precision control peripherals, including ePWMs with fault
protection, and encoders and captures—all as implemented by TI’s C2000™ Piccolo™ and Delfino™
families. In addition, the C28-CPU has been enhanced with the addition of the Viterbi, Complex Math,
CRC Unit (VCU) instruction accelerator that implements efficient Viterbi, Complex Arithmetic, 16-bit FFTs
and CRC algorithms.
A high-speed analog subsystem and supplementary RAM memory is shared, along with on-chip voltage
regulation and redundant clocking circuitry. Safety considerations also include Error Correction Code
(ECC), Parity, and Code Secure Memory, as well as documentation to assist with system-level industrial
safety certification.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
2
F28M35x ( Concerto™) MCUs
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
1.3
Functional Block Diagram
1.8V
VREG
GPIO_MUX1
1.2V
VREG
SECURE
FLASH
WDOG (2)
uCRC
NMI WDOG
GP TIMER (4)
SSI (4)
CAN (2)
UART (5)
I2C (2)
EMAC
EPI
USB+PHY (OTG)
BOOT
ROM
512 KB
(ECC)
64 KB
SECURE
C1
RAM
8 KB
(ECC)
RAM
8 KB
(parity)
C3
SECURE
C0
RAM
8 KB
(ECC)
RAM
8 KB
(parity)
C2
REGS
ONLY
APB BUS
AHB BUS
uDMA BUS
TEMP
SENS
MPU
AIO_ MUX1
M3
BUS
BRIDGE
M3
uDMA
ADC_1
MODULE
M3 CPU
NVIC
I-CODE BUS
D-CODE BUS
4
COMP
INPUTS
M3 SYSTEM BUS
INTER-PROCESSOR
COMMUNICATIONS
ANALOG COMMON INTERFACE BUS
8 PINS
GPIO_ MUX2
6
COMPARATOR
+ DAC
UNITS
6
COMP
OUTPUTS
CLOCKS
RESETS
IPC
NMI
S0
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
8 KB
8 KB
8 KB
8 KB
8 KB
8 KB
8 KB
8 KB
DEBUG
MTOC
MSG
RAM
(parity)
2 KB
CTOM
MSG
RAM
(parity)
2 KB
S0 - S7 SHARED RAM (parity)
INTER-PROCESSOR
COMMUNICATIONS
C28 DMA BUS
AIO_ MUX2
4
COMP
INPUTS
10 PINS
10
ADC
INPUTS
PRODUCT PREVIEW
10 PINS
10
ADC
INPUTS
C28
DMA
ADC_2
MODULE
C28
CPU
C28
VCU
PIE
C28
FPU
C28 MEMORY BUS
ANALOG
SUBSYSTEM
16-BIT
PF2
32-BIT
PF1
32-BIT
PF3
16/32-BIT
PF0
TIMER (3)
McBSP
EPWM (9)
ECAP (6)
EQEP (3)
SPI
SCI
I2C
XINT (3)
NMI WDOG
BOOT
ROM
64 KB
SECURE
FLASH
512 KB
(ECC)
GPIO_MUX1
SECURE
L1
RAM
8 KB
(ECC)
L3
M1
RAM
8 KB
(parity)
RAM
2 KB
(ECC)
SECURE
L0
RAM
8 KB
(ECC)
L2
M0
RAM
8 KB
(parity)
RAM
2 KB
(ECC)
66 PINS
Figure 1-1. Functional Block Diagram
F28M35x ( Concerto™) MCUs
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
3
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
........................ 1
1.1
Features .............................................. 1
1.2
Description ........................................... 2
1.3
Functional Block Diagram ............................ 3
Revision History .............................................. 5
2 Device Overview ........................................ 8
2.1
Device Characteristics ............................... 9
2.2
Memory Maps ...................................... 11
2.3
Master Subsystem .................................. 21
2.4
Control Subsystem ................................. 26
2.5
Analog Subsystem .................................. 31
2.6
Master Subsystem NMIs ........................... 34
2.7
Control Subsystem NMIs ........................... 34
2.8
Resets .............................................. 36
2.9
Master Subsystem Clocking ........................ 41
2.10 Control Subsystem Clocking ....................... 44
2.11 Analog Subsystem Clocking ........................ 46
2.12 Shared Resources Clocking ........................ 47
2.13 GPIOs and Other Pins .............................. 47
1
PRODUCT PREVIEW
4
F28M35x ( Concerto™) MCUs
3
4
5
6
7
.............................................
3.1
Pin Assignments ....................................
3.2
Terminal Functions .................................
Device Operating Conditions .......................
4.1
Absolute Maximum Ratings ........................
4.2
Recommended Operating Conditions ..............
4.3
Electrical Characteristics ...........................
Peripheral Information and Timings ...............
5.1
Master Subsystem Peripherals .....................
5.2
Control Subsystem Peripherals ....................
5.3
Analog/Shared Peripherals .........................
5.4
Current Consumption ...............................
5.5
Power Sequencing .................................
Device and Documentation Support ...............
6.1
Device Support .....................................
6.2
Documentation Support ............................
6.3
Community Resources .............................
Device Pins
63
63
64
82
82
82
83
84
84
85
88
94
96
97
97
98
98
Mechanical Packaging and Orderable
Information .............................................. 99
7.1
Packaging Information
Contents
..............................
99
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Revision History
NOTE: Page numbers for previous revisions may differ from page numbers in the current version.
This data sheet revision history highlights the technical changes made to the SPRS742A device-specific
data sheet to make it an SPRS742B revision.
Scope:
Added Section 4.1, Absolute Maximum Ratings.
Added Section 4.2, Recommended Operating Conditions.
Added Section 4.3, Electrical Characteristics.
Restructured Section 2, Device Overview.
Added Section 6, Device and Documentation Support.
See table below.
ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, AND MODIFICATIONS
Features:
•
Master Subsystem — ARM® Cortex™-M3:
– Changed "Universal Serial Bus On-the-Go (USB-OTB) + PHY" to "Universal Serial Bus On-the-Go
(USB-OTG) + PHY"
– Added "Endianness: Little Endian"
•
Control Subsystem — TMS320C28x™ 32-Bit CPU:
– Embedded Memory:
•
Added "Up to 64KB Shared RAM"
– Added "Endianness: Little Endian"
Figure 1-1
Updated "Functional Block Diagram"
Section 2
Device Overview:
•
Added NOTE about color-coding
Table 2-1
Hardware Features:
•
"Product status" row: Changed "TMX" to "xF28M35..."
•
Updated footnote about product status
Table 2-8
Control Subsystem Flash, ECC, OTP, Boot ROM:
•
Sector N: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
•
Sector M: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
•
Sector L: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
•
Sector K: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
•
Sector J: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
•
Sector I: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
•
Sector H: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
Table 2-9
Master Subsystem Flash, ECC, OTP, Boot ROM:
•
Sector I: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
•
Sector H: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
•
Sector G: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
•
Sector F: Added "(not available for 256KB Flash configuration)"
Table 2-11
Master Subsystem Peripherals:
•
4000 1000 – 4000 1FFF: Added "Watchdog Timer 1 Registers"
•
400F B900 – 400F B93F: Added "0000 0880 – 0000 0890 (Read Only)" in "C Address (x16 Aligned)"
column
Section 2.3.1
Updated "Cortex™-M3 CPU" section
Figure 2-1
Updated "Master Subsystem" figure
Section 2.3.3
Added "Cortex™-M3 Interrupts" section
Section 2.3.4
Added "Cortex™-M3 Vector Table" section
Section 2.3.5
Updated "Cortex™-M3 Local Peripherals" section
Section 2.3.7
Updated "Cortex™-M3 Accessing Shared Resources and Analog Peripherals" section
Figure 2-2
Updated "Control Subsystem" figure
Table 2-16
Added "PIE Peripheral Interrupts" table
Contents
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
PRODUCT PREVIEW
LOCATION
Section 1.1
5
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
LOCATION
PRODUCT PREVIEW
6
ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, AND MODIFICATIONS
Section 2.4.4
Updated "C28x Local Peripherals" section
Section 2.4.6
Updated "C28x Accessing Shared Resources and Analog Peripherals" section
Section 2.5
Updated "Analog Subsystem" section
Section 2.5.1
Updated "ADC1" section
Section 2.5.2
Updated "ADC2" section
Figure 2-3
Updated "Analog Subsystem" figure
Section 2.5.3
Updated "Analog Comparator + DAC" section
Section 2.5.4
Updated "Analog Common Interface Bus (ACIB)" section
Section 2.6
Updated "Master Subsystem NMIs" section
Section 2.7
Updated "Control Subsystem NMIs" section
Figure 2-4
Updated "Cortex™-M3 NMI and C28x NMI" figure
Section 2.8
Updated "Resets" section
Section 2.8.1
Updated "Cortex™-M3 Resets" section
Figure 2-5
Updated "Resets" figure
Section 2.8.4
Added "Device Boot Sequence" section
Section 2.9
Updated "Master Subsystem Clocking" section
Table 2-19
Added "Master Subsystem Low-Power Modes" table
Figure 2-6
Updated "Cortex™-M3 Clocks and Low-Power Modes" figure
Section 2.9.1
Updated "Cortex™-M3 Run Mode" section
Section 2.9.2
Updated "Cortex™-M3 Sleep Mode" section
Section 2.9.3
Updated "Cortex™-M3 Deep Sleep Mode" section
Section 2.10
Updated "Control Subsystem Clocking" section
Table 2-20
Added "Control Subsystem Low-Power Modes" table
Figure 2-7
Updated "C28x Clocks and Low-Power Modes" figure
Section 2.10.1
Updated "C28x Normal Mode" section
Section 2.10.3
Updated "C28x Standby Mode" section
Section 2.11
Updated "Analog Subsystem Clocking" section
Section 2.12
Added "Shared Resources Clocking" section
Section 2.13
Changed section title from "GPIOs" to "GPIOs and Other Pins"
Section 2.13
Updated "GPIOs and Other Pins" section
Section 2.13.1
Updated "GPIO_MUX1" section
Figure 2-8
Updated "GPIOs and Other Pins" figure
Figure 2-9
Added "GPIO_MUX1 Block" figure
Figure 2-10
Added "GPIO_MUX1 Pin Mapping Through Register Set A" figure
Table 2-21
Added "GPIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (M3 Primary Modes)" table
Table 2-22
Added "GPIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (M3 Alternate Modes)" table
Table 2-23
Added "GPIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (C28x Peripheral Modes)" table
Section 2.13.2
Updated "GPIO_MUX2" section
Table 2-24
Added "GPIO_MUX2 Pin Assignments (C28x Peripheral Modes)" table
Figure 2-11
Added "Pin Muxing on AIO_MUX1, AIO_MUX2, and GPIO_MUX2" figure
Section 2.13.3
Updated "AIO_MUX1" section
Table 2-25
Added "AIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (C28x AIO Modes)" table
Section 2.13.4
Updated "AIO_MUX2" section
Table 2-26
Added "AIO_MUX2 Pin Assignments (C28x AIO Modes)" table
Figure 3-1
144-Pin RFP PowerPAD™ HTQFP (Top View):
•
Pin 135: Changed signal name from "ADC2VREFLO" to "ADC2VREFLO, VSSA2"
Contents
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
LOCATION
ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, AND MODIFICATIONS
Terminal Functions:
•
Pin 118, ADC1VREFLO, VSSA1: Added "ADC1 Ground" to DESCRIPTION
•
Pin 135: Changed signal name from "ADC2VREFLO" to "ADC2VREFLO, VSSA2"
•
Pin 135, ADC2VREFLO, VSSA2: Added "ADC2 Ground" to DESCRIPTION
•
Pin 23: Removed M_OFSD2N
•
Pin 104: Removed M_IID
•
Pin 103: Removed M_ISESSEND
•
Pin 82: Removed M_IAVALID
•
Pin 81: Removed M_IVBUSVALID. Added BOOT_2.
•
Pin 48: Removed M_IXRCV
•
Pin 51: Removed M_IDM
•
Pin 69: Removed M_IDP
•
Pin 50: Removed M_ODISCHRGVBUS
•
Pin 71: Removed M_OCHRGVBUS
•
Pin 78:
– Removed M_ODMPULLDN
– Added BOOT_0
•
Pin 72: Removed M_OLSD2N
•
Pin 70: Removed M_OLSD1N
•
Pin 52:
– Removed M_OIDPULLUP
– Added BOOT_1
•
Pin 41: Removed M_OSPEED
•
Pin 42: Removed M_OSUSPEND
•
Pin 36: Removed M_OOE
•
Pin 35: Removed M_ODMSE0
•
Pin 46: Removed M_ODPDAT
•
Added "Boot Pins" group
•
Changed "FLASH" pin group heading to "Test Pins"
•
Added footnote about color-coding
•
Added footnote about output from the Concerto ePWM
Section 4
Added "Device Operating Conditions" section
Section 4.1
Added "Absolute Maximum Ratings" section
Section 4.2
Added "Recommended Operating Conditions" section
Section 4.3
Added "Electrical Characteristics" section
Section 5
Changed section title from "Peripheral and Electrical Specifications" to "Peripheral Information and Timings"
Section 5.1
Added "Master Subsystem Peripherals" section
Section 5.2
Added "Control Subsystem Peripherals" section
Figure 5-1
Added "ePWM, eQEP, eCAP" figure
Figure 5-2
Added "ePWM/HRPWM" figure
Section 5.3
Added "Analog/Shared Peripherals" section
Figure 5-3
Added "ADC" figure
Figure 5-4
Added "Comparator + DAC Units" figure
Figure 5-5
Added "Interprocessor Communications (IPC)" figure
Table 5-1
Updated "F28M35Hx Current Consumption at 150-MHz C28x SYSCLKOUT and 75-MHz M3SSCLK" table
Section 5.5
Added "Power Sequencing" section
Section 5.5.1
Added "Power Management and Supervisory Circuit Solutions" section
Table 5-2
Added "Power Management and Supervisory Circuit Solutions" table
Section 6
Added "Device and Documentation Support" section
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Table 3-1
Contents
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
7
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2 Device Overview
The Concerto™ microcontroller (MCU) comprises three subsystems: the Master Subsystem, the Control
Subsystem, and the Analog Subsystem. While the Master and Control Subsystem each have dedicated
local memories and peripherals, they can also share data and events through shared memories and
peripherals. The Analog Subsystem has two ADC converters and six Analog Comparators. Both the
Master and Control Subsystems access the Analog Subsystem through the Analog Common Interface
Bus (ACIB). The NMI Blocks force communication of critical events to the Master and Control Subsystem
processors and their Watchdog Timers. The Reset Block responds to Watchdog Timer NMI Reset,
External Reset, and other events to initialize subsystem processors and the rest of the chip to a known
state. The Clocking Blocks support multiple low-power modes where clocks to the processors and
peripherals can be slowed down or stopped in order to manage power consumption.
NOTE
Throughout this document, the Master Subsystem is denoted by the color "blue"; the Control
Subsystem is denoted by the color "green"; and the Analog Subsystem is denoted by the
color "orange".
PRODUCT PREVIEW
8
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.1
Device Characteristics
Table 2-1 lists the features of the F28M35Hx devices.
Table 2-1. Hardware Features
FEATURE
TYPE (1)
H20B1
H20C1
H22B1
H22C1
H32B1
H32C1
H50B1
H50C1
H52B1
H52C1
Speed (MHz)
–
100 (2)
100 (2)
100 (2)
100 (2)
100 (2)
100 (2)
100 (2)
100 (2)
100 (2)
100 (2)
Flash (KB)
–
256
256
256
256
256
512
512
512
512
512
RAM ECC (KB)
–
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
RAM Parity (KB)
–
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
IPC Message RAM Parity (KB)
–
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Security Zones
–
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
10/100 ENET 1588 MII
0
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
USB OTG FS
0
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI)/
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
0
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Inter-integrated circuit (I2C)
0
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Controller Area Network (CAN)
0
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Direct Memory Access (µDMA)
0
32-ch
32-ch
32-ch
32-ch
32-ch
32-ch
32-ch
32-ch
32-ch
32-ch
External Peripheral Interface (EPI)
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Micro Cyclic Redundancy Check (µCRC) Module
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
General-Purpose Timers
–
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Watchdog Timer Modules
–
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Master Subsystem — ARM® Cortex™-M3
Control Subsystem — C28x Floating-Point Unit (FPU)/Viterbi, Complex Math, CRC Unit (VCU)
Speed (MHz)
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
Flash (KB)
256
256
256
256
512
256
512
512
512
512
RAM ECC (KB)
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
RAM Parity (KB)
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
IPC Message RAM Parity (KB)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Security Zones
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Enhanced Pulse Width Modulator (ePWM) modules
2
9: 18 outputs
High-Resolution PWM outputs
2
16 outputs
Enhanced Capture (eCAP) modules/
PWM outputs
0
6 (32-bit)
Enhanced Quadrature Encoder (eQEP) modules
0
3 (32-bit)
Fault Trip Zones
–
12 on any of 64 GPIO pins
(1)
(2)
A type change represents a major functional feature difference in a peripheral module. Within a peripheral type, there may be minor differences between devices that do not affect the
basic functionality of the module. These device-specific differences are listed in the TMS320x28xx, 28xxx DSP Peripheral Reference Guide (literature number SPRU566) and in the
peripheral reference guides.
An integer divide ratio must be maintained between the C28x and Cortex™-M3 clock frequencies; thus, when the C28x is configured to run at maximum frequency of 150 MHz, the fastest
allowable frequency for the Cortex™-M3 will be 75 MHz.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
9
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-1. Hardware Features (continued)
TYPE (1)
H20B1
H20C1
H22B1
H22C1
H32B1
H32C1
H50B1
H50C1
H52B1
H52C1
Multi-Channel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP)/
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Inter-integrated circuit (I2C)
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Direct Memory Access (DMA)
0
6-ch
6-ch
6-ch
6-ch
6-ch
6-ch
6-ch
6-ch
6-ch
6-ch
32-Bit Timers
–
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
FEATURE
Shared
Supplemental RAM (KB)
0
0
64
64
64
64
0
0
64
64
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.88
350 ns
350 ns
350 ns
350 ns
350 ns
350 ns
350 ns
350 ns
350 ns
350 ns
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Temperature Sensor
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Sample-and-Hold (S/H)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.88
2.88
MSPS
Conversion Time
PRODUCT PREVIEW
12-Bit ADC 1
Channels
3
MSPS
Conversion Time
350 ns
350 ns
350 ns
350 ns
350 ns
350 ns
350 ns
350 ns
350 ns
350 ns
Channels
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Sample-and-Hold (S/H)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
xF28M35...
xF28M35...
xF28M35...
xF28M35...
12-Bit ADC 2
3
Comparators with Integrated DACs
0
Voltage Regulator and Monitor
3.3-V Single Supply (3.3-V/1.2-V recommended for 125ºC)
Clocking
4–20 MHz input, Clock fail or out-of-specification, 10-MHz/32-kHz Limp Mode
Additional Safety
Master Subsystem
2 Watchdogs, NMI Watchdog: CPU, Memory
Control Subsystem
NMI Watchdog: CPU, Memory
Shared
Critical Register and I/O Function Lock Protection; RAM Fetch Protection
Packaging
Package Type
Temperature options
144-Pin RFP PowerPAD™
HTQFP
T: –40°C to 105°C
–
S: –40°C to 125°C
–
Q: –40°C to 125°C (3)
–
Product status (4)
(3)
(4)
10
Available at Prototype Sampling
–
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No 125ºC for ENET/USB
No 125ºC for ENET/USB
xF28M35...
xF28M35...
xF28M35...
xF28M35...
xF28M35...
xF28M35...
"Q" refers to Q100 qualification for automotive applications.
The "xF28M35..." product status denotes an experimental device that is not necessarily representative of the final device's electrical specifications. See Section 6.1.2, Device
Nomenclature, for descriptions of device stages.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.2
Memory Maps
Section 2.2.1 shows the Control Subsystem Memory Map. Section 2.2.2 shows the Master Subsystem
Memory Map.
2.2.1
Control Subsystem Memory Map
Table 2-2. Control Subsystem M0, M1 RAM
(1)
C DMA Access (1)
C Address
(x16 Aligned) (1)
Size
(Bytes)
no
0000 0000 – 0000 03FF
M0 RAM (ECC)
2K
no
0000 0400 – 0000 07FF
M1 RAM (ECC)
2K
Control Subsystem M0, M1 RAM
The letter "C" refers to the Control Subsystem.
Table 2-3. Control Subsystem Peripheral Frame 0 (Includes Analog)
Control Subsystem Peripheral Frame 0
(Includes Analog)
Size
(Bytes)
0000 0800 – 0000 087F
Reserved
0000 0880 – 0000 0890
Control Subsystem Device Configuration Registers (Read
Only)
0000 0891 – 0000 0ADF
Reserved
0000 0AE0 – 0000 0AEF
C28x CSM Registers
0000 0AF0 – 0000 0AFF
Reserved
0000 0B00 – 0000 0B0F
ADC1 Result Registers
0000 0B10 – 0000 0B3F
Reserved
0000 0B40 – 0000 0B4F
ADC2 Result Registers
0000 0B50 – 0000 0BFF
Reserved
no
0000 0C00 – 0000 0C07
CPU Timer 0
16
no
0000 0C08 – 0000 0C0F
CPU Timer 1
16
no
0000 0C10 – 0000 0C17
CPU Timer 2
16
0000 0C18 – 0000 0CDF
Reserved
no
0000 0CE0 – 0000 0CFF
PIE Registers
64
no
0000 0D00 – 0000 0DFF
PIE Vector Table
512
no
0000 0E00 – 0000 0EFF
PIE Vector Table Copy (Read Only)
512
0000 0F00 – 0000 0FFF
Reserved
0000 1000 – 0000 11FF
C28x DMA Registers
0000 1200 – 0000 16FF
Reserved
0000 1700 – 0000 177F
Analog Subsystem Control Registers
0000 1780 – 0000 3FFF
Reserved
no
no
yes
yes
no
no
(1)
C Address
(x16 Aligned) (1)
34
PRODUCT PREVIEW
C DMA Access (1)
32
32
32
1K
256
The letter "C" refers to the Control Subsystem.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
11
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-4. Control Subsystem Peripheral Frame 3
C DMA Access (1)
no
no
no
no
no
no
PRODUCT PREVIEW
12
Control Subsystem
Peripheral Frame 3
0000 4000 – 0000 4181
C28x Flash Control Registers
0000 4182 – 0000 42FF
Reserved
0000 4300 – 0000 4323
C28x Flash ECC Error Log
Registers
0000 4324 – 0000 43FF
Reserved
0000 4400 – 0000 443F
M Clock Control Registers (2)
0000 4440 – 0000 48FF
Reserved
0000 4900 – 0000 497F
RAM Configuration Registers
0000 4980 – 0000 49FF
Reserved
0000 4A00 – 0000 4A7F
RAM ECC/Parity/Access Error
Log Registers
0000 4A80 – 0000 4DFF
Reserved
0000 4E00 – 0000 4E3F
CtoM and MtoC IPC Registers
0000 4E40 – 0000 4FFF
Reserved
M Address
(Byte-Aligned) (2)
µDMA
Access
128
400F B800 – 400F B87F
no
256
400F B200 – 400F B2FF
no
256
400F B300 – 400F B3FF
no
128
400F B700 – 400F B77F
no
Size
(Bytes)
772
72
0000 5000 – 0000 503F
McBSP-A
0000 5040 – 0000 50FF
Reserved
yes
0000 5100 – 0000 517F
EPWM1 (Hi-Resolution)
256
yes
0000 5180 – 0000 51FF
EPWM2 (Hi-Resolution)
256
yes
0000 5200 – 0000 527F
EPWM3 (Hi-Resolution)
256
yes
0000 5280 – 0000 52FF
EPWM4 (Hi-Resolution)
256
yes
0000 5300 – 0000 537F
EPWM5 (Hi-Resolution)
256
yes
0000 5380 – 0000 53FF
EPWM6 (Hi-Resolution)
256
yes
0000 5400 – 0000 547F
EPWM7 (Hi-Resolution)
256
yes
0000 5480 – 0000 54FF
EPWM8 (Hi-Resolution)
256
yes
0000 5500 – 0000 557F
EPWM9
256
0000 5580 – 0000 57FF
Reserved
yes
(1)
(2)
C Address
(x16 Aligned) (1)
128
The letter "C" refers to the Control Subsystem.
The letter "M" refers to the Master Subsystem.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-5. Control Subsystem Peripheral Frame 1
C DMA Access (1)
C Address
(x16 Aligned) (1)
0000 5800 – 0000 59FF
Reserved
no
0000 5A00 – 0000 5A1F
ECAP1
64
no
0000 5A20 – 0000 5A3F
ECAP2
64
no
0000 5A40 – 0000 5A5F
ECAP3
64
no
0000 5A60 – 0000 5A7F
ECAP4
64
no
0000 5A80 – 0000 5A9F
ECAP5
64
no
0000 5AA0 – 0000 5ABF
ECAP6
64
0000 5AC0 – 0000 5AFF
Reserved
0000 5B00 – 0000 5B3F
EQEP1
128
no
0000 5B40 – 0000 5B7F
EQEP2
128
no
0000 5B80 – 0000 5BBF
EQEP3
128
0000 5BC0 – 0000 5F7F
Reserved
0000 5F80 – 0000 5FFF
C GPIO Group 1 Registers (1)
0000 6000 – 0000 63FF
Reserved
no
0000 6400 – 0000 641F
COMP1 Registers
64
no
0000 6420 – 0000 643F
COMP2 Registers
64
no
0000 6440 – 0000 645F
COMP3 Registers
64
no
0000 6460 – 0000 647F
COMP4 Registers
64
no
0000 6480 – 0000 649F
COMP5 Registers
64
no
0000 64A0 – 0000 64BF
COMP6 Registers
64
0000 64C0 – 0000 6F7F
Reserved
0000 6F80 – 0000 6FFF
C GPIO Group 2 Registers and AIO Mux Registers (1)
no
no
(1)
Size
(Bytes)
256
PRODUCT PREVIEW
no
Control Subsystem Peripheral Frame 1
256
The letter "C" refers to the Control Subsystem.
Table 2-6. Control Subsystem Peripheral Frame 2
C DMA Access (1)
Control Subsystem Peripheral Frame 2
Size
(Bytes)
0000 7000 – 0000 70FF
Reserved
0000 7010 – 0000 702F
C28x System Control Registers
0000 7030 – 0000 703F
Reserved
no
0000 7040 – 0000 704F
SPI-A
32
no
0000 7050 – 0000 705F
SCI-A
32
no
0000 7060 – 0000 706F
NMI Watchdog Interrupt Registers
32
no
0000 7070 – 0000 707F
External Interrupt Registers
32
0000 7080 – 0000 70FF
Reserved
no
0000 7100 – 0000 717F
ADC1 Configuration Registers
(Only 16-bit read/write access supported)
256
no
0000 7180 – 0000 71FF
ADC2 Configuration Registers
(Only 16-bit read/write access supported)
256
0000 7200 – 0000 78FF
Reserved
0000 7900 – 0000 793F
I2C-A
0000 7940 – 0000 7FFF
Reserved
no
no
(1)
C Address
(x16 Aligned) (1)
64
128
The letter "C" refers to the Control Subsystem.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
13
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-7. Control Subsystem RAMs
M Address
(Byte-Aligned) (2)
µDMA
Access
2000 8000 – 2000 9FFF
yes
8K
2000 A000 – 2000 BFFF
yes
8K
2000 C000 – 2000 DFFF
yes
S3 RAM (Parity, Shared)
8K
2000 E000 – 2000 FFFF
yes
0001 0000 – 0001 0FFF
S4 RAM (Parity, Shared)
8K
2001 0000 – 2001 1FFF
yes
yes
0001 1000 – 0001 1FFF
S5 RAM (Parity, Shared)
8K
2001 2000 – 2001 3FFF
yes
yes
0001 2000 – 0001 2FFF
S6 RAM (Parity, Shared)
8K
2001 4000 – 2001 5FFF
yes
yes
0001 3000 – 0001 3FFF
S7 RAM (Parity, Shared)
8K
2001 6000 – 2001 7FFF
yes
0001 4000 – 0003 F7FF
Reserved
yes
0003 F800 – 0003 FBFF
CtoM MSG RAM (Parity)
2K
2007 F000 – 2007 F7FF
yes
read only
yes
read only
0003 FC00 – 0003 FFFF
MtoC MSG RAM (Parity)
2K
2007 F800 – 2007 FFFF
yes
0004 0000 – 0004 7FFF
Reserved
0004 8000 – 0004 8FFF
L0 RAM - ECC Bits
8K
no
0004 9000 – 0004 9FFF
L1 RAM - ECC Bits
8K
no
0004 A000 – 0004 AFFF
L2 RAM - Parity Bits
8K
no
0004 B000 – 0004 BFFF
L3 RAM - Parity Bits
8K
no
0004 C000 – 0004 CFFF
S0 RAM - Parity Bits
8K
2008 8000 – 2008 9FFF
no
no
0004 D000 – 0004 DFFF
S1 RAM - Parity Bits
8K
2008 A000 – 2008 BFFF
no
no
0004 E000 – 0004 EFFF
S2 RAM - Parity Bits
8K
2008 C000 – 2008 DFFF
no
no
0004 F000 – 0004 FFFF
S3 RAM - Parity Bits
8K
2008 E000 – 2008 FFFF
no
no
0005 0000 – 0005 0FFF
S4 RAM - Parity Bits
8K
2009 0000 – 2009 1FFF
no
no
0005 1000 – 0005 1FFF
S5 RAM - Parity Bits
8K
2009 2000 – 2009 3FFF
no
no
0005 2000 – 0005 2FFF
S6 RAM - Parity Bits
8K
2009 4000 – 2009 5FFF
no
no
0005 3000 – 0005 3FFF
S7 RAM - Parity Bits
8K
2009 6000 – 2009 7FFF
no
no
0005 4000 – 0007 EFFF
Reserved
no
0007 F000 – 0007 F3FF
M0 RAM - ECC Bits
2K
no
0007 F400 – 0007 F7FF
M1 RAM - ECC Bits
2K
no
0007 F800 – 0007 FBFF
CtoM MSG RAM - Parity Bits
2K
200F F000 – 200F F7FF
no
no
0007 FC00 – 0007 FFFF
MtoC MSG RAM - Parity Bits
2K
200F F800 – 200F FFFF
no
0008 0000 – 0009 FFFF
Reserved
C DMA Access (1)
C Address
(x16 Aligned) (1)
no
0000 8000 – 0000 8FFF
L0 RAM (ECC, Secure)
8K
no
0000 9000 – 0000 9FFF
L1 RAM (ECC, Secure)
8K
yes
0000 A000 – 0000 AFFF
L2 RAM (Parity, Interleaving)
8K
yes
0000 B000 – 0000 BFFF
L3 RAM (Parity, Interleaving)
8K
yes
0000 C000 – 0000 CFFF
S0 RAM (Parity, Shared)
8K
yes
0000 D000 – 0000 DFFF
S1 RAM (Parity, Shared)
yes
0000 E000 – 0000 EFFF
S2 RAM (Parity, Shared)
yes
0000 F000 – 0000 FFFF
yes
PRODUCT PREVIEW
no
(1)
(2)
14
Control Subsystem RAMs
Size
(Bytes)
The letter "C" refers to the Control Subsystem.
The letter "M" refers to the Master Subsystem.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-8. Control Subsystem Flash, ECC, OTP, Boot ROM
C Address
(x16 Aligned) (1)
no
0010 0000 – 0010 1FFF
Sector N (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
16K
no
0010 2000 – 0010 3FFF
Sector M (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
16K
no
0010 4000 – 0010 5FFF
Sector L (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
16K
no
0010 6000 – 0010 7FFF
Sector K (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
16K
no
0010 8000 – 0010 FFFF
Sector J (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
64K
no
0011 0000 – 0011 7FFF
Sector I (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
64K
no
0011 8000 – 0011 FFFF
Sector H (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
64K
no
0012 0000 – 0012 7FFF
Sector G
64K
no
0012 8000 – 0012 FFFF
Sector F
64K
no
0013 0000 – 0013 7FFF
Sector E
64K
no
0013 8000 – 0013 9FFF
Sector D
16K
no
0013 A000 – 0013 BFFF
Sector C
16K
no
0013 C000 – 0013 DFFF
Sector B
16K
no
0013 E000 – 0013 FFFF
Sector A
(CSM password in the high address)
16K
no
0014 0000 – 001F FFFF
Reserved
no
0020 0000 – 0020 7FFF
Flash - ECC Bits
(1/8 of Flash used = 64 KBytes)
no
0020 8000 – 0024 01FF
Reserved
no
0024 0200 – 0024 03FF
TI OTP
no
0024 0400 – 003F 7FFF
Reserved
no
003F 8000 – 003F FFFF
C28x Boot ROM (64 KBytes)
Control Subsystem Flash, ECC, OTP, Boot ROM
Size
(Bytes)
PRODUCT PREVIEW
(1)
C DMA Access (1)
64K
1K
64K
The letter "C" refers to the Control Subsystem.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
15
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
2.2.2
www.ti.com
Master Subsystem Memory Map
Table 2-9. Master Subsystem Flash, ECC, OTP, Boot ROM
M Address
(Byte-Aligned) (1)
no
0000 0000 – 0000 FFFF
Boot ROM - Dual-mapped to 0x0100 0000
(Both maps access same physical location.)
0001 0000 – 001F FFFF
Reserved
no
0020 0000 – 0020 3FFF
Sector N
(Zone 1 CSM password in the low address.)
16K
no
0020 4000 – 0020 7FFF
Sector M
16K
no
0020 8000 – 0020 BFFF
Sector L
16K
no
0020 C000 – 0020 FFFF
Sector K
16K
no
0021 0000 – 0021 FFFF
Sector J
64K
no
0022 0000 – 0022 FFFF
Sector I (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
64K
no
0023 0000 – 0023 FFFF
Sector H (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
64K
no
0024 0000 – 0024 FFFF
Sector G (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
64K
no
0025 0000 – 0025 FFFF
Sector F (not available for 256KB Flash configuration)
64K
no
0026 0000 – 0026 FFFF
Sector E
64K
no
0027 0000 – 0027 3FFF
Sector D
16K
no
0027 4000 – 0027 7FFF
Sector C
16K
no
0027 8000 – 0027 BFFF
Sector B
16K
0027 C000 – 0027 FFFF
Sector A
(Zone 2 CSM password in the high address.)
16K
0028 0000 – 005F FFFF
Reserved
0060 0000 – 0060 FFFF
Flash - ECC Bits
(1/8 of Flash used = 64 KBytes)
0061 0000 – 0068 047F
Reserved
no
0068 0480 – 0068 07FF
TI OTP
no
0068 0800
OTP – Security Lock
no
0068 0804
Reserved
no
0068 0808
Reserved
no
0068 080C
OTP – Zone 2 Flash Start Address
4
no
0068 0810
OTP – EMAC Address 0
4
no
0068 0814
OTP – EMAC Address 1
4
PRODUCT PREVIEW
µDMA Access
no
no
no
no
no
(1)
16
Master Subsystem Flash, ECC, OTP, Boot ROM
Size
(Bytes)
64K
64K
896
4
0068 0818 – 0070 00FF
Reserved
0070 0100 – 0070 0102
OTP – ECC Bits – Application Use
(1/8 of OTP used = 3 Bytes)
0070 0103 – 00FF FFFF
Reserved
0100 0000 – 0100 FFFF
Boot ROM – Dual-mapped to 0x0000 0000
(Both maps access same physical location.)
0101 0000 – 03FF FFFF
Reserved
0400 0000 – 07FF FFFF
ROM/Flash/OTP/Boot ROM – Mirror-mapped
(Read cycles from this space cause the µCRC peripheral
to continuously update data checksum inside a register,
when reading a block of data.)
0800 0000 – 1FFF FFFF
Reserved
3
64K
64M
The letter "M" refers to the Master Subsystem.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-10. Master Subsystem RAMs
µDMA
Access
M Address
(Byte-Aligned) (1)
no
2000 0000 – 2000 1FFF
C0 RAM (ECC, Secure)
8K
no
2000 2000 – 2000 3FFF
C1 RAM (ECC, Secure)
8K
yes
2000 4000 – 2000 5FFF
C2 RAM (Parity)
8K
yes
2000 6000 – 2000 7FFF
C3 RAM (Parity)
8K
yes
2000 8000 – 2000 9FFF
S0 RAM (Parity, Shared)
yes
2000 A000 – 2000 BFFF
yes
2000 C000 – 2000 DFFF
yes
Size
(Bytes)
C DMA Access (2)
8K
0000 C000 – 0000 CFFF
yes
S1 RAM (Parity, Shared)
8K
0000 D000 – 0000 DFFF
yes
S2 RAM (Parity, Shared)
8K
0000 E000 – 0000 EFFF
yes
2000 E000 – 2000 FFFF
S3 RAM (Parity, Shared)
8K
0000 F000 – 0000 FFFF
yes
yes
2001 0000 – 2001 1FFF
S4 RAM (Parity, Shared)
8K
0001 0000 – 0001 0FFF
yes
yes
2001 2000 – 2001 3FFF
S5 RAM (Parity, Shared)
8K
0001 1000 – 0001 1FFF
yes
yes
2001 4000 – 2001 5FFF
S6 RAM (Parity, Shared)
8K
0001 2000 – 0001 2FFF
yes
yes
2001 6000 – 2001 7FFF
S7 RAM (Parity, Shared)
8K
0001 3000 – 0001 3FFF
yes
2001 8000 – 2007 EFFF
Reserved
yes
read only
2007 F000 – 2007 F7FF
CtoM MSG RAM (Parity)
2K
0003 F800 – 0003 FBFF
yes
yes
2007 F800 – 2007 FFFF
MtoC MSG RAM (Parity)
2K
0003 FC00 – 0003 FFFF
yes
read only
no
2008 0000 – 2008 1FFF
C0 RAM - ECC Bits
8K
no
2008 2000 – 2008 3FFF
C1 RAM - ECC Bits
8K
no
2008 4000 – 2008 5FFF
C2 RAM - Parity Bits
8K
no
2008 6000 – 2008 7FFF
C3 RAM - Parity Bits
8K
no
2008 8000 – 2008 9FFF
S0 RAM - Parity Bits
8K
0004 C000 – 0004 CFFF
no
no
2008 A000 – 2008 BFFF
S1 RAM - Parity Bits
8K
0004 D000 – 0004 DFFF
no
no
2008 C000 – 2008 DFFF
S2 RAM - Parity Bits
8K
0004 E000 – 0004 EFFF
no
no
2008 E000 – 2008 FFFF
S3 RAM - Parity Bits
8K
0004 F000 – 0004 FFFF
no
no
2009 0000 – 2009 1FFF
S4 RAM - Parity Bits
8K
0005 0000 – 0005 0FFF
no
no
2009 2000 – 2009 3FFF
S5 RAM - Parity Bits
8K
0005 1000 – 0005 1FFF
no
no
2009 4000 – 2009 5FFF
S6 RAM - Parity Bits
8K
0005 2000 – 0005 2FFF
no
no
2009 6000 – 2009 7FFF
S7 RAM - Parity Bits
8K
0005 3000 – 0005 3FFF
no
2009 8000 – 200F EFFF
Reserved
no
200F F000 – 200F F7FF
CtoM MSG RAM - Parity Bits
2K
0007 F800 – 0007 FBFF
no
no
200F F800 – 200F FFFF
MtoC MSG RAM - Parity Bits
2K
0007 FC00 – 0007 FFFF
no
2010 0000 – 21FF FFFF
Reserved
2200 0000 – 23FF FFFF
Bit Banded RAM Zone
(Dedicated address for each
RAM bit of Cortex™-M3 RAM
blocks above)
32M
2400 0000 – 27FF FFFF
All RAM Spaces –
Mirror-Mapped
(Read cycles from this space
cause the µCRC peripheral to
continuously update data
checksum inside a register
when reading a block of data.)
64M
2800 0000 – 3FFF FFFF
Reserved
yes
yes
(1)
(2)
PRODUCT PREVIEW
C Address
(x16 Aligned) (2)
Master Subsystem RAMs
The letter "M" refers to the Master Subsystem.
The letter "C" refers to the Control Subsystem.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
17
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-11. Master Subsystem Peripherals
µDMA
Access
M Address
(Byte-Aligned) (1)
yes
4000 0000 – 4000 0FFF
Watchdog Timer 0 Registers
4K
yes
4000 1000 – 4000 1FFF
Watchdog Timer 1 Registers
4K
PRODUCT PREVIEW
4000 2000 – 4000 3FFF
Reserved
4000 4000 – 4000 4FFF
M GPIO Port A (APB Bus) (1)
4K
yes
4000 5000 – 4000 5FFF
M GPIO Port B (APB Bus) (1)
4K
yes
4000 6000 – 4000 6FFF
M GPIO Port C (APB Bus)
(1)
4K
yes
4000 7000 – 4000 7FFF
M GPIO Port D (APB Bus) (1)
4K
yes
4000 8000 – 4000 8FFF
SSI0
4K
yes
4000 9000 – 4000 9FFF
SSI1
4K
yes
4000 A000 – 4000 AFFF
SSI2
4K
yes
4000 B000 – 4000 BFFF
SSI3
4K
yes
4000 C000 – 4000 CFFF
UART0
4K
yes
4000 D000 – 4000 DFFF
UART1
4K
yes
4000 E000 – 4000 EFFF
UART2
4K
yes
4000 F000 – 4000 FFFF
UART3
4K
4K
4001 0000 – 4001 0FFF
UART4
4001 1000 – 4001 FFFF
Reserved
no
4002 0000 – 4002 07FF
I2C0 Master
2K
no
4002 0800 – 4002 0FFF
I2C0 Slave
2K
no
4002 1000 – 4002 17FF
I2C1 Master
2K
no
4002 1800 – 4002 1FFF
I2C1 Slave
2K
4002 2000 – 4002 3FFF
Reserved
yes
4002 4000 – 4002 4FFF
M GPIO Port E (APB Bus) (1)
4K
yes
4002 5000 – 4002 5FFF
M GPIO Port F (APB Bus) (1)
4K
yes
4002 6000 – 4002 6FFF
M GPIO Port G (APB Bus) (1)
4K
(1)
4K
4002 7000 – 4002 7FFF
M GPIO Port H (APB Bus)
4002 8000 – 4002 FFFF
Reserved
yes
4003 0000 – 4003 0FFF
GP Timer 0
4K
yes
4003 1000 – 4003 1FFF
GP Timer 1
4K
yes
4003 2000 – 4003 2FFF
GP Timer 2
4K
yes
4003 3000 – 4003 3FFF
GP Timer 3
4K
4003 4000 – 4003 CFFF
Reserved
4003 D000 – 4003 DFFF
M GPIO Port J (APB Bus) (1)
4003 E000 – 4003 FFFF
Reserved
4004 8000 – 4004 8FFF
ENET MAC0
4004 9000 – 4004 FFFF
Reserved
4005 0000 – 4005 0FFF
USB MAC0
4005 1000 – 4005 7FFF
Reserved
4005 8000 – 4005 8FFF
M GPIO Port A (AHB Bus) (1)
4K
yes
4005 9000 – 4005 9FFF
M GPIO Port B (AHB Bus)
(1)
4K
yes
4005 A000 – 4005 AFFF
M GPIO Port C (AHB Bus) (1)
4K
yes
4005 B000 – 4005 BFFF
M GPIO Port D (AHB Bus) (1)
4K
yes
4005 C000 – 4005 CFFF
M GPIO Port E (AHB Bus)
(1)
4K
yes
4005 D000 – 4005 DFFF
M GPIO Port F (AHB Bus) (1)
4K
yes
4005 E000 – 4005 EFFF
M GPIO Port G (AHB Bus) (1)
4K
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
18
Size
(Bytes)
yes
yes
(1)
(2)
Master Subsystem
Peripherals
C Address
(x16 Aligned) (2)
C DMA Access (2)
4K
4K
4K
The letter "M" refers to the Master Subsystem.
The letter "C" refers to the Control Subsystem.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-11. Master Subsystem Peripherals (continued)
µDMA
Access
M Address
(Byte-Aligned) (1)
yes
4005 F000 – 4005 FFFF
M GPIO Port H (AHB Bus) (1)
4K
yes
4006 0000 – 4006 0FFF
M GPIO Port J (AHB Bus) (1)
4K
4006 1000 – 4006 FFFF
Reserved
no
4007 0000 – 4007 3FFF
CAN0
16K
no
4007 4000 – 4007 7FFF
CAN1
16K
4007 8000 – 400C FFFF
Reserved
400D 0000 – 400D 0FFF
EPI0 (Registers only)
400D 1000 – 400F 9FFF
Reserved
400F A000 – 400F A303
M Flash Control Registers (1)
400F A304 – 400F A5FF
Reserved
400F A600 – 400F A647
M Flash ECC Error Log
Registers (1)
400F A648 – 400F B1FF
Reserved
400F B200 – 400F B2FF
RAM Configuration Registers
no
400F B300 – 400F B3FF
RAM ECC/Parity/Access Error
Log Registers
no
400F B400 – 400F B5FF
M CSM Registers(1)
512
128
no
no
no
no
no
400F B600 – 400F B67F
µCRC
400F B680 – 400F B6FF
Reserved
400F B700 – 400F B77F
CtoM and MtoC IPC Registers
Size
(Bytes)
C Address
(x16 Aligned) (2)
C DMA Access (2)
256
0000 4900 – 0000 497F
no
256
0000 4A00 – 0000 4A7F
no
128
0000 4E00 – 0000 4E3F
no
0000 4400 – 0000 443F
no
4K
772
72
400F B780 – 400F B7FF
Reserved
no
400F B800 – 400F B87F
M Clock Control Registers(1)
128
no
400F B880 – 400F B8BF
M LPM Control Registers(1)
64
no
400F B8C0 – 400F B8FF
M Reset Control Registers(1)
64
no
400F B900 – 400F B93F
Device Configuration Registers
64
400F B940 – 400F B97F
Reserved
no
400F B980 – 400F B9FF
M Write Protect Registers(1)
128
no
400F BA00 – 400F BA7F
M NMI Registers(1)
128
400F BA80 – 400F EFFF
Reserved
400F F000 – 400F FFFF
µDMA Registers
4010 0000 – 41FF FFFF
Reserved
4200 0000 – 43FF FFFF
Bit Banded Peripheral Zone
(Dedicated address for each
register bit of Cortex™-M3
peripherals above.)
4400 0000 – 4FFF FFFF
Reserved
no
yes
PRODUCT PREVIEW
no
Master Subsystem
Peripherals
0000 0880 – 0000 0890
(Read Only)
4K
32M
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
19
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-12. Master Subsystem Analog and EPI
µDMA
Access
yes
yes
yes
(1)
M Address
(Byte-Aligned) (1)
Master Subsystem Analog and EPI
5000 0000 – 5000 15FF
Reserved
5000 1600 – 5000 161F
ADC1 Result Registers
5000 1620 – 5000 167F
Reserved
5000 1680 – 5000 169F
ADC2 Result Registers
5000 16A0 – 5FFF FFFF
Reserved
6000 0000 – DFFF FFFF
EPI0
(External Peripheral/Memory Interface)
Size
(Bytes)
32
32
2G
The letter "M" refers to the Master Subsystem.
Table 2-13. Cortex™-M3 Private Bus
PRODUCT PREVIEW
µDMA
Access
Cortex™-M3 Address
(Byte-Aligned)
no
E000 0000 – E000 0FFF
Reserved
no
E000 1000 – E000 1FFF
DWT (Data Watchpoint and Trace)
4K
no
E000 2000 – E000 2FFF
FPB (Flash Patch and Breakpoint)
4K
E000 3000 – E000 E007
Reserved
E000 E008 – E000 E00F
System Control Block
8
16
no
no
no
no
no
no
20
Cortex™-M3 Private Bus
E000 E010 – E000 E01F
System Timer
E000 E020 – E000 E0FF
Reserved
E000 E100 – E000 E4EF
Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)
E000 E4F0 – E000 ECFF
Reserved
E000 ED00 – E000 ED3F
System Control Block
E000 ED40 – E000 ED8F
Reserved
E000 ED90 – E000 EDB8
Memory Protection Unit
E000 EDB9 – E000 EEFF
Reserved
E000 EF00 – E000 EF03
Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)
E000 EF04 – FFFF FFFF
Reserved
Device Overview
Size
(Bytes)
1008
64
41
4
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.3
Master Subsystem
The Master Subsystem includes the Cortex™-M3 CPU, µDMA, Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller
(NVIC), Cortex™-M3 Peripherals, and Local Memory. Additionally, the Cortex™-M3 CPU and µDMA can
access the Control Subsystem through Shared Resources (IPC, Message RAM, Shared RAM), and talk to
the Analog Peripherals via the Analog Common Interface Bus. The Master Subsystem can also receive
events from the NMI block and send events to the Resets block.
Figure 2-1 shows the Master Subsystem.
2.3.1
Cortex™-M3 CPU
Most of the interrupts to the Cortex™-M3 CPU come from the Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller
(NVIC), which manages the interrupt requests from peripherals and assigns handling priorities. There are
also several exceptions generated by Cortex™-M3 CPU that can return to the Cortex™-M3 as interrupts
after being prioritized with other requests inside the NVIC. In addition to programmable priority interrupts,
there are also three levels of fixed-priority interrupts of which the highest priority, level-3, is given to
M3PORRST and M3SYSRST resets from the Resets block. The next highest priority, level-2, is assigned
to the M3NMIINT, which originates from the NMI block. The M3HRDFLT (Hard Fault) interrupt is assigned
to level-1 priority, and it is caused by one of the error condition exceptions (Memory Management, Bus
Fault, Usage Fault) escalating to Hard Fault because they are not enabled or not properly serviced.
The Cortex™-M3 CPU has two low-power modes: Sleep and Deep Sleep.
2.3.2
Cortex™-M3 DMA and NVIC
The Cortex™-M3 direct memory access (µDMA) module provides a hardware method of transferring data
between peripherals and/or memory without intervention from the Cortex™-M3 CPU. The Nested
Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) manages and prioritizes interrupt handling for the Cortex™-M3 CPU.
The Cortex™-M3 peripherals use REQ/DONE handshaking to coordinate data transfer requests with the
µDMA. If a DMA channel is enabled for a given peripheral, REQ/DONE from the peripheral will trigger the
data transfer, following which an IRQ request may be sent from the µDMA to the NVIC to announce to the
Cortex™-M3 that the transfer has completed. If a DMA channel is not enabled for a given peripheral,
REQ/DONE will directly drive IRQ to the NVIC so that the Cortex™-M3 CPU can transfer the data. For
those peripherals that are not supported by the µDMA, IRQs are supplied directly to the NVIC, bypassing
the DMA. This is the case for both Watchdogs, CANs, I2Cs, and the Analog-to-Digital Converters sending
ADCINT[8:1] interrupts from the Analog Subsystem. The NMI Watchdog does not send any events to the
µDMA or the NVIC (only to the Resets block).
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
21
PRODUCT PREVIEW
The 32-bit Cortex™-M3 processor offers high performance, fast interrupt handling, and access to a variety
of communication peripherals (including Ethernet and USB). The Cortex™-M3 features a Memory
Protection Unit (MPU) to provide a privileged mode for protected operating system functionality. A bus
bridge adjacent to the MPU can route program instructions and data on the I-CODE and D-CODE buses
that connect to the Boot ROM and Flash. Other data is typically routed through the Cortex™-M3 System
Bus connected to the local RAMs. The System Bus also goes to the Shared Resources block (also
accessible by the Control Subsystem) and to the Analog Subsystem through the Analog Common
Interface Bus (ACIB). Another bus bridge allows bus cycles from both the Cortex™-M3 System Bus and
those of the µDMA bus to access the Master Subsystem peripherals (via the APB bus or the AHP bus).
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
M3PORRST
M3 NMI
RESETS
M3SYSRST
M3NMIINT
M3NMIINT
M3NMIINT
M3NMIRST
M3NMI
M3WDRST (1:0)
2
FIXED
PRIORITY
INTERRUPTS
NVIC
M3HRDFLT
M3 PERIPHERALS
WDOG (2)
uCRC
NMI WDOG
GP TIMER (4)
SSI (4)
CAN (2)
UART (5)
I2C (2)
EMAC
USB + PHY
(OTG)
EPI
GPIO_MUX1
PERIPHERAL
I/O s
3
1
M3SWRST
M3DBGRST
EOC INTERRUPTS
PRODUCT PREVIEW
ANALOG SUBSYSTEM
APB BUS
AHB BUS
EPI
REQ
USB
MAC
REQ
EMAC RX
EMACTX
REQ
UART
(5:1)
REQ
uDMA
ADC
INT
(8:1)
GPIO
(H:A)
IRQ
EPI
IRQ
USB
MAC
IRQ
EMAC
IRQ
I2C
(1:0)
IRQ
UART
(1:5)
IRQ
M3
CPU
GPTA/B
(3:0)
(3:0)
REQ
SSI
(3:0)
REQ
BUS
BRIDGE
DMA INTRS
CAN0/1
(1:0)
(1:0)
IRQ
GPTA/B
(3:0)
(3:0)
IRQ
SSI
(0:3)
IRQ
DMA
ERR
IRQ
DMA
SW
IRQ
USAGE FAULT
SVCALL
DBG MONITOR
PENDING SV
SYS TICK
WDT
(1:0)
IRQ
EXCEPTIONS
FROM M3 CORE
NVIC
(NESTED VECTORED INTERRUPT CONTROLLER)
PROGRAMMABLE
PRIORITY
INTERRUPTS
INTERRUPTS
CTOM IPC (4:1)
FLSINGER
FLFSM
RAMSINGERR
APB BUS (REG ACCESS ONLY)
uDMA BUS
MEM
MNGMT
M3 uDMA BUS
M3 SYSTEM BUS
LOCAL MEMORY
IPC
REGS
S0-S7
SHARED
RAM
(parity)
MTOC
MSG
RAM
(parity)
CTOM
MSG
RAM
(parity)
BOOT
ROM
SECURE
FLASH
(ECC)
SECURE
C0/C1
RAM
(ECC)
C2/C3
RAM
(parity)
SHARED RESOURCES
MPU /
BRIDGE
DATA
INSTRUCTIONS
I-CODE BUS
D-CODE BUS
RAMUNCERR
C28x SUBSYSTEM
FLASHUNCERR
RAMACCVIOL
BUS CNTRL/FAULT LOGIC
RAMUNCERR
BUSFAULT
Figure 2-1. Master Subsystem
22
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.3.3
Cortex™-M3 Interrupts
Table 2-14 shows all interrupt assignments for the Cortex™-M3 processor. Most interrupts (16–107) are
associated with interrupt requests from Cortex™-M3 peripherals. The first 15 interrupts (1–15) are
processor exceptions generated by the Cortex™-M3 core itself. These processor exceptions are detailed
in Table 2-15.
Table 2-14. Interrupts from NVIC to Cortex™-M3
Vector Number
–
0–15
0
1
Vector Address or Offset
Description
0x0000.0000–0x0000.003C
Processor exceptions
16
0x0000.0040
GPIO Port A
17
0x0000.0044
GPIO Port B
2
18
0x0000.0048
GPIO Port C
3
19
0x0000.004C
GPIO Port D
4
20
0x0000.0050
GPIO Port E
5
21
0x0000.0054
UART0
6
22
0x0000.0058
UART1
7
23
0x0000.005C
SSI0
8
24
0x0000.0060
I2C0
9–17
25–33
–
Reserved
18
34
0x0000.0088
Watchdog Timers 0 and 1
19
35
0x0000.008C
Timer 0A
20
36
0x0000.0090
Timer 0B
21
37
0x0000.0094
Timer 1A
22
38
0x0000.0098
Timer 1B
23
39
0x0000.009C
Timer 2A
24
40
0x0000.00A0
Timer 2B
25–27
41–43
–
Reserved
28
44
0x0000.00B0
System Control
29
45
0x0000.00B4
Flash State Machine
30
46
0x0000.00B8
GPIO Port F
31
47
0x0000.00BC
GPIO Port G
32
48
0x0000.00C0
GPIO Port H
33
49
0x0000.00C4
UART2
34
50
0x0000.00C8
SSI1
35
51
0x0000.00CC
Timer 3A
36
52
0x0000.00D0
Timer 3B
0x0000.00D4
I2C1
–
Reserved
37
53
38–41
54–57
42
58
0x0000.00E8
Ethernet Controller
44
60
0x0000.00F0
USB
45
61
–
Reserved
46
62
0x0000.00F8
µDMA Software
0x0000.00FC
µDMA Error
–
Reserved
47
63
48–52
64–68
53
69
0x0000.0114
EPI
54
70
0x0000.0118
GPIO Port J
55–56
71–72
–
Reserved
57
73
0x0000.0124
SSI 2
58
74
0x0000.0128
SSI 3
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Interrupt Number
(Bit in Interrupt Registers)
23
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-14. Interrupts from NVIC to Cortex™-M3 (continued)
Interrupt Number
(Bit in Interrupt Registers)
Vector Number
59
75
0x0000.012C
UART3
60
76
0x0000.0130
UART4
61–63
77–79
–
Reserved
64
80
0x0000.0140
CAN1 INT0
65
81
0x0000.0144
CAN1 INT1
66
82
0x0000.0148
CAN1 INT0
0x0000.014C
CAN1 INT1
–
Reserved
Vector Address or Offset
Description
PRODUCT PREVIEW
67
83
68–71
84–87
72
88
0x0000.0160
ADCINT1
73
89
0x0000.0164
ADCINT2
74
90
0x0000.0168
ADCINT3
75
91
0x0000.016C
ADCINT4
76
92
0x0000.0170
ADCINT5
77
93
0x0000.0174
ADCINT6
78
94
0x0000.0178
ADCINT7
79
95
0x0000.017C
ADCINT8
80
96
0x0000.0180
CTOMIPC1
81
97
0x0000.0184
CTOMIPC2
82
98
0x0000.0188
CTOMIPC3
83
99
0x0000.018C
CTOMIPC4
84–87
100–103
–
Reserved
88
104
0x0000.01A0
RAM Single Error
89
1–5
0x0000.01A4
System / USB PLL Out of Lock
90
106
0x0000.01A8
M3 Flash Single Error
91
107
0x0000.01AC
Reserved
Table 2-15. Exceptions from Cortex™-M3 Core to NVIC
Exception Type
–
Reset
Priority (1)
Vector Number
Vector Address or
Offset (2)
Activation
–
0
0x0000.0000
Stack top is loaded from
the first entry of the vector
table on reset.
–3 (highest)
1
0x0000.0004
Asynchronous
2
0x0000.0008
Asynchronous
On Concerto devices
activated by clock fail
condition, C28 PIE error,
external M3GPIO NMI
input signal, and C28 NMI
WD timeout reset.
3
0x0000.000C
–
4
0x0000.0010
Synchronous
Non-Maskable Interrupt
(NMI)
–2
Hard Fault
–1
Memory Management
(1)
(2)
(3)
24
programmable
(3)
0 is the default priority for all the programmable priorities
See the "Vector Table" subsection of the "Exception Model" section in the Cortex-M3 Processor chapter of the Concerto F28M35x
Technical Reference Manual (literature number SPRUH22).
See SYSPRI1 in the Cortex-M3 Peripherals chapter of the Concerto F28M35x Technical Reference Manual (literature number
SPRUH22).
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-15. Exceptions from Cortex™-M3 Core to NVIC (continued)
Priority (1)
Vector Address or
Offset (2)
Activation
5
0x0000.0014
Synchronous when
precise and asynchronous
when imprecise.
On Concerto devices
activated by memory
access errors and RAM
and flash uncorrectable
data errors.
Synchronous
Vector Number
Bus Fault
programmable (3)
Usage Fault
programmable (3)
6
0x0000.0018
–
7–10
–
programmable (3)
11
0x0000.002C
Synchronous
(3)
Synchronous
–
SVCall
Debug Monitor
12
0x0000.0030
–
13
–
PendSV
programmable (3)
14
0x0000.0038
Asynchronous
SysTick
programmable
(3)
15
0x0000.003C
Asynchronous
Interrupts
programmable
(4)
16 and above
0x0000.0040 and above
Asynchronous
–
(4)
programmable
Reserved
Reserved
See PRIn registers in the Cortex-M3 Peripherals chapter of the Concerto F28M35x Technical Reference Manual (literature number
SPRUH22).
2.3.4
Cortex™-M3 Vector Table
Each peripheral interrupt of Table 2-14 is assigned an address offset containing the location of the
peripheral interrupt handler (relative to the vector table base) for that particular interrupt (vector numbers
16–107).
Similarly, each exception interrupt of Table 2-15 (including Reset) is also assigned an address offset
containing the location of the exception interrupt handler (relative to the vector table base) for that
particular interrupt (vector numbers 1–15).
In addition to interrupt vectors, the vector table also contains the initial stack pointer value at table
location 0.
Following system reset, the vector table base is fixed at address 0x0000.0000. Privileged software can
write to the Vector Table Offset (VTABLE) register to relocate the vector table start address to a different
memory location, in the range 0x0000 0200 to 0x3FFF FE00. Note that when configuring the VTABLE
register, the offset must be aligned on a 512-byte boundary.
2.3.5
Cortex™-M3 Local Peripherals
The Cortex™-M3 local peripherals include two Watchdogs, an NMI Watchdog, four General-Purpose
Timers, four SSI peripherals, two CAN peripherals, five UARTs, two I2C peripherals, Ethernet, USB +
PHY, EPI, and µCRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check). The USB and EPI are accessible through the AHB Bus
(Advanced High-Performance Bus). The remaining peripherals are accessible through the APB Bus
(Advanced Peripheral Bus). The APB and AHB bus cycles originate from the CPU System Bus or the
µDMA Bus via a bus bridge.
While the Cortex™-M3 CPU has access to all the peripherals, the µDMA has access to most, with the
exception of the µCRC, Watchdogs, NMI Watchdog, CAN peripherals, and the I2C peripheral. The
Cortex™-M3 peripherals connect to the Concerto™ device pins via GPIO_MUX1. Most of the peripherals
also generate event signals for the µDMA and/or the NVIC. The Watchdogs receive M3SWRST from the
NVIC (triggered by software) and send M3WDRST[1:0] reset requests to the Reset block. The NMI
Watchdog receives the M3NMI event from the NMI block and sends the M3NMIRST request to the Resets
block.
See Section 5.1 for more information on the Cortex™-M3 peripherals.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
25
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Exception Type
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
2.3.6
www.ti.com
Cortex™-M3 Local Memory
The Local Memory includes Boot ROM; Secure Flash with Error Correction Code (ECC); Secure C0/C1
RAM with ECC; and C2/C3 RAM with Parity Error Checking. The Boot ROM and Flash are both
accessible through the I-CODE and D-CODE Buses. Flash registers can also be accessed by the
Cortex™-M3 CPU through the APB Bus. All Local Memory is accessible from the Cortex™-M3 CPU; the
C2/C3 RAM is also accessible by the µDMA.
Two types of error correction events can be generated during access of the Local Memory: uncorrectable
errors and single errors. The uncorrectable errors (including one from the Shared Memories) generate a
Bus Fault Exception to the Cortex™-M3 CPU. The less critical single errors go to the NVIC where they
can result in maskable interrupts to the Cortex™-M3 CPU.
2.3.7
Cortex™-M3 Accessing Shared Resources and Analog Peripherals
There are several memories, digital peripherals, and analog peripherals that can be accessed by both the
Master and Control Subsystems. They are grouped into Shared Resources block and the Analog
Subsystem.
The Shared Resources block includes Inter-Processor Communications (IPC) registers, MTOC Message
RAM, CTOM Message RAM, and eight individually configurable Shared RAM blocks. The RAMs of the
Shared Resources block have Parity Error Checking.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
The Message RAMs and the Shared RAMs can be accessed by the Cortex™-M3 CPU and µDMA. The
MTOC Message RAM is intended for sending data from the Master Subsystem to the Control Subsystem,
having r/w access for the Cortex™-M3/µDMA and read-only access for the C28x/DMA. The CTOM
Message RAM is intended for sending data from the Control Subsystem to the Master Subsystem, having
r/w access for the C28x/DMA and read-only access for the Cortex™-M3/µDMA.
The IPC registers provide up to 32 handshaking channels to coordinate the transfer of data through the
Message RAMs by polling. Four of these channels are also backed up by four interrupts to PIE on the
Control Subsystem side, and four interrupts to the NVIC on the Master Subsystem side (to reduce delays
associated with polling).
The eight Shared RAM blocks are similar to the Message RAMs, in that the data flow is only one way;
however, the direction of the data flow can be individually set for each block to be from Master to Control
Subsystem or from Control to Master Subsystem.
The Analog Subsystem has ADC1, ADC2, and Analog Comparator peripherals that can be accessed by
both the Cortex™-M3 and C28x Subsystems through the Analog Common Interface Bus. The
Cortex™-M3 CPU accesses the ACIB through the System Bus, and the µDMA through the µDMA Bus.
The ACIB arbitrates for access to the ADC and Analog Comparator registers between CPU/DMA bus
cycles of the Master Subsystem with those of the Control Subsystem. In addition to managing bus cycles,
the ACIB also transfers End-of-Conversion ADC interrupts to the Master Subsystem (as well as to the
Control Subsystem). The eight EOC sources from ADC1 and the eight EOC sources from ADC2 are
AND-ed together by the ACIB, with the resulting eight ADC interrupts going to destinations in both the
Master Subsystem and the Control Subsystem.
See Section 5.3 for more information on shared resources and analog peripherals.
2.4
Control Subsystem
The Control Subsystem includes the C28x CPU/FPU/VCU, Peripheral Interrupt Expansion (PIE) block,
DMA, C28x Peripherals, and Local Memory. Additionally, the C28x CPU and DMA have access to Shared
Resources (IPC, Message RAM, Shared RAM), and to Analog Peripherals via the Analog Common
Interface Bus.
Figure 2-2 shows the Control Subsystem.
26
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
RAMUNCERR
M3 SUBSYSTEM
RAMUNCERR
C28x NMI
GPIO_MUX1
ECCDBLERR
FLASHUNCERR
CTOM
MSG
RAM
(parity)
MTOC
MSG
RAM
(parity)
ANALOG SUBSYSTEM
MTOCIPC (4:1)
SECURE
FLASH
(ECC)
BOOT
ROM
FLSINGERR
RAMACCVIOL
SECURE
L0/L1
RAM
(ECC)
FLFSM
M0/M1
RAM
(ECC)
L2/L3
RAM
(parity)
RAMSINGERR
LVF
LPMWAKE
LUF
PIE (PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT EXPANSION)
C28x
FPU
PRODUCT PREVIEW
S0-S7
SHARED
RAM
(parity)
IPC
REGS
QUAL
C28x LOCAL MEMORY
SHARED RESOURCES
PIEINTRS (12:1)
EOC INTERRUPTS
DINTCH (6:1)
ADCINT (8:1)
ADCINT (4:1)
I2C
MXINTA, MRINTA
SCIRXINTA
SCITXINTA
TINT 0,1,2
SOC TRIGGERS
EQEP(3:1)INT
XINT 2
XINT 1,2,3
EPWM(9:1)INT
EPWM(9:1)TZINT
SOCA (9:1), SOCB(9:1)
C28x
CPU
C28x
DMA
TINT 0,1,2
SPI
SOCA (9:1), SOCB(9:1)
ECAP(6:1)INT
C28 DMA BUS
C28 CPU BUS
TINT1
TINT2
C28x PERIPHERALS
C28NMI
NMI
WDOG
TIMER (3)
XINT (3)
ECAP (6)
EQEP
ERR
EPWM (9)
EQEP (3)
McBSP
SPI
SCI
I2C
GPIO_MUX1
PERIPHERAL
I/O s
ECCDBLERR
C28x
VCU
C28NMIINT
EMUSTOP
PIENMIERR
SOCAO
SOCBO
SYNCO
GPIO_MUX1
CLOCKFAIL
M3 CLOCKS
GPTRIP
(12:1)
GPTRIP
(12:7)
GPTRIP
(6:4)
GPIO_MUX1
C28NMIRST
RESETS
M3 NMI
C28x NMI
Figure 2-2. Control Subsystem
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
27
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
2.4.1
www.ti.com
C28x CPU/FPU/VCU
The F28M35x Concerto™ MCU family is a member of the TMS320C2000™ MCU platform. The
Concerto™ C28x CPU/FPU has the same 32-bit fixed-point architecture as TI's existing Piccolo™ MCUs,
combined with a single-precision (32-bit) IEEE 754 floating-point unit (FPU) of TI’s existing Delfino™
MCUs. It is a very efficient C/C++ engine, enabling users to develop their system control software in a
high-level language. It also enables math algorithms to be developed using C/C++. The device is as
efficient at DSP math tasks as it is at system control tasks. The 32 x 32-bit MAC 64-bit processing
capabilities enable the controller to handle higher numerical resolution problems efficiently. With the
addition of the fast interrupt response with automatic context save of critical registers, the device is
capable of servicing many asynchronous events with minimal latency. The device has an 8-level-deep
protected pipeline with pipelined memory accesses. This pipelining enables it to execute at high speeds
without resorting to expensive high-speed memories. Special branch-look-ahead hardware minimizes the
latency for conditional discontinuities. Special conditional store operations further improve performance.
The VCU extends the capabilities of the C28x CPU and C28x+FPU processors by adding additional
instructions to accelerate Viterbi, Complex Arithmetic, 16-bit FFTs, and CRC algorithms. No changes have
been made to existing instructions, pipeline, or memory bus architecture. Therefore, programs written for
the C28x are completely compatible with the C28x+VCU.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
There are two events generated by the FPU block that go to the C28x Peripheral Interrupt Expansion
(PIE): LVF and LUV. Inside PIE, these and other events from C28x peripherals and memories result in 12
PIE interrupts PIEINTS[12:1] into the C28x CPU. The C28x CPU also receives three additional interrupts
directly (instead of through PIE) from Timer 1 (TINT1), from Timer 2 (TINT2), and from the NMI block
(C28uNMIINT).
The C28x has two low-power modes: Idle and Standby.
2.4.2
C28x Peripheral Interrupt Expansion (PIE)
The PIE block serves to multiplex numerous interrupt sources into a smaller set of interrupt inputs. The
PIE block can support up to 96 peripheral interrupts. On the F28M35x, 70 of the possible 96 interrupts are
used. The 96 interrupts are grouped into blocks of 8 and each group is fed into 1 of 12 CPU interrupt lines
(INT1 to INT12). Each of 12 interrupt lines supports up to 8 simultaneously active interrupts. Each of the
96 interrupts has its own vector stored in a dedicated RAM block that can be overwritten by the user. The
vector is automatically fetched by the CPU on servicing the interrupt. It takes eight CPU clock cycles to
fetch the vector and save critical CPU registers. Hence, the CPU can quickly respond to interrupt events.
Prioritization of interrupts is controlled in hardware and software. Each individual interrupt can be enabled
or disabled within the PIE block.
See Table 2-16 for PIE interrupt assignments.
28
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-16. PIE Peripheral Interrupts (1)
PIE INTERRUPTS
(1)
INTx.8
INTx.7
INTx.6
INTx.5
INTx.4
INTx.3
INTx.2
INTx.1
INT1
C28.LPMWAKE
(C28LPM)
0x0D4E
TINT0
(TIMER 0)
0x0D4C
Reserved
–
0x0D4A
XINT2
–
0x0D48
XINT1
–
0x0D46
Reserved
–
0x0D44
ADCINT2
(ADC)
0x0D42
ADCINT1
(ADC)
0x0D40
INT2
EPWM8_TZINT
(ePWM8)
0x0D5E
EPWM7_TZINT
(ePWM7)
0x0D5C
EPWM6_TZINT
(ePWM6)
0x0D5A
EPWM5_TZINT
(ePWM5)
0x0D58
EPWM4_TZINT
(ePWM4)
0x0D56
EPWM3_TZINT
(ePWM3)
0x0D54
EPWM2_TZINT
(ePWM2)
0x0D52
EPWM1_TZINT
(ePWM1)
0x0D50
INT3
EPWM8_INT
(ePWM8)
0x0D6E
EPWM7_INT
(ePWM7)
0x0D6C
EPWM6_INT
(ePWM6)
0x0D6A
EPWM5_INT
(ePWM5)
0x0D68
EPWM4_INT
(ePWM4)
0x0D66
EPWM3_INT
(ePWM3)
0x0D64
EPWM2_INT
(ePWM2)
0x0D62
EPWM1_INT
(ePWM1)
0x0D60
INT4
EPWM9_TZINT
(ePWM9)
0x0D7E
Reserved
–
0x0D7C
ECAP6_INT
(eCAP6)
0x0D7A
ECAP5_INT
(eCAP5)
0x0D78
ECAP4_INT
(eCAP4)
0x0D76
ECAP3_INT
(eCAP3)
0x0D74
ECAP2_INT
(eCAP2)
0x0D72
ECAP1_INT
(eCAP1)
0x0D70
INT5
EPWM9_INT
(ePWM9)
0x0D8E
Reserved
–
0x0D8C
Reserved
–
0x0D8A
Reserved
–
0x0D88
Reserved
–
0x0D86
EQEP3_INT
(eQEP3)
0x0D84
EQEP2_INT
(eQEP2)
0x0D82
EQEP1_INT
(eQEP1)
0x0D80
INT6
Reserved
–
0x0D9E
Reserved
–
0x0D9C
MXINTA
(McBSPA)
0x0D9A
MRINTA
(McBSPA)
0x0D98
Reserved
–
0x0D96
Reserved
–
0x0D94
SPITXINTA
(SPIA)
0x0D92
SPIRXINTA
(SPIA)
0x0D90
INT7
Reserved
–
0x0DAE
Reserved
–
0x0DAC
DINTCH6
(C28 DMA)
0x0DAA
DINTCH5
(C28 DMA)
0x0DA8
DINTCH4
(C28 DMA)
0x0DA6
DINTCH3
(C28 DMA)
0x0DA4
DINTCH2
(C28 DMA)
0x0DA2
DINTCH1
(C28 DMA)
0x0DA0
INT8
Reserved
–
0x0DBE
Reserved
–
0x0DBC
Reserved
–
0x0DBA
Reserved
–
0x0DB8
Reserved
–
0x0DB6
Reserved
–
0x0DB4
I2CINT2A
(I2CA)
0x0DB2
I2CINT1A
(I2CA)
0x0DB0
INT9
Reserved
–
0x0DCE
Reserved
–
0x0DCC
Reserved
–
0x0DCA
Reserved
–
0x0DC8
Reserved
–
0x0DC6
Reserved
–
0x0DC4
SCITXINTA
(SCIA)
0x0DC2
SCIRXINTA
(SCIA)
0x0DC0
INT10
ADCINT8
(ADC)
0x0DDE
ADCINT7
(ADC)
0x0DDC
ADCINT6
(ADC)
0x0DDA
ADCINT5
(ADC)
0x0DD8
ADCINT4
(ADC)
0x0DD6
ADCINT3
(ADC)
0x0DD4
ADCINT2
(ADC)
0x0DD2
ADCINT1
(ADC)
0x0DD0
INT11
Reserved
–
0x0DEE
Reserved
–
0x0DEC
Reserved
–
0x0DEA
Reserved
–
0x0DE8
MTOCIPCINT4
(IPC)
0x0DE6
MTOCIPCINT3
(IPC)
0x0DE4
MTOCIPCINT2
(IPC)
0x0DE2
MTOCIPCINT1
(IPC)
0x0DE0
INT12
LUF
(C28FPU)
0x0DFE
LVF
(C28FPU)
0x0DFC
Reserved
–
0x0DFA
C28FLFSM
(Memory)
0x0DF4
C28FLSINGERR
(Memory)
0x0DF2
XINT3
(Ext. Int. 3)
0x0DF0
C28RAMACCVIOL C28RAMSINGERR
(Memory)
(Memory)
0x0DF8
0x0DF6
Out of the 96 possible interrupts, 66 interrupts are currently used. The remaining interrupts are reserved for future devices. These
interrupts can be used as software interrupts if they are enabled at the PIEIFRx level, provided none of the interrupts within the group is
being used by a peripheral. Otherwise, interrupts coming in from peripherals may be lost by accidentally clearing their flag while
modifying the PIEIFR. To summarize, there are two safe cases when the reserved interrupts could be used as software interrupts:
1) No peripheral within the group is asserting interrupts.
2) No peripheral interrupts are assigned to the group (example PIE group 11).
2.4.3
C28x DMA
The C28x direct memory access (DMA) module provides a hardware method of transferring data between
peripherals and/or memory without intervention from the CPU, thereby freeing up bandwidth for other
system functions. Additionally, the DMA has the capability to orthogonally rearrange the data as it is
transferred as well as “ping-pong” data between buffers. These features are useful for structuring data into
blocks for optimal CPU processing. The interrupt trigger source for each of the six DMA channels can be
configured separately and each channel contains its own independent PIE interrupt to let the CPU know
when a DMA transfer has either started or completed. Five of the six channels are exactly the same, while
Channel 1 has one additional feature: the ability to be configured at a higher priority than the others.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
29
PRODUCT PREVIEW
CPU INTERRUPTS
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
2.4.4
www.ti.com
C28x Local Peripherals
The C28x local peripherals include NMI Watchdog, three Timers, four Serial Port Peripherals (SCI, SPI,
McBSP, I2C), and three types of Control Peripherals (ePWM, eQEP, eCAP). All peripherals are accessible
by the C28x CPU via the C28x Memory Bus. Additionally, the McBSP and ePWM are accessible by the
C28x DMA Bus. The Serial Port Peripherals and the Control Peripherals connect to Concerto’s pins via
the GPIO_MUX1 block. Internally, the C28x peripherals generate events to the PIE block, C28x DMA, and
the Analog Subsystem. The C28x NMI Watchdog receives a C28NMI event from the NMI block and sends
a counter timeout event to the Cortex™-M3 NMI block and the Resets block to flag a potentially critical
condition.
The ePWM peripheral receives events that can be used to trip the ePWM outputs EPWMxA and
EPWMxB. These events include ECCDBLERR event from the C28x Local Memory, PIENMIERR and
EMUSTOP events from the C28x CPU, and up to 12 trips from GPIO_MUX1.
See Section 5.2 for more information on C28x peripherals.
2.4.5
C28x Local Memory
PRODUCT PREVIEW
The C28x Local Memory includes Boot ROM; Secure Flash with Error Correction Code (ECC); Secure
L0/L1 RAM with ECC; L2/L3 RAM with Parity Error Checking; and M0/M1 with ECC. All local memories
are accessible from the C28x CPU; the L2/L3 RAM is also accessible by the C28x DMA. Two types of
error correction events can be generated during access of the C28x Local Memory: uncorrectable errors
and single errors. The uncorrectable errors propagate to the NMI block where they can become the
C28NMI to the C28x NMI Watchdog and the C28NMIINT non-maskable interrupt to the C28x CPU. The
less critical single errors go to the PIE block where they can become maskable interrupts to the C28x
CPU.
2.4.6
C28x Accessing Shared Resources and Analog Peripherals
There are several memories, digital peripherals, and analog peripherals that can be accessed by both the
Master and Control Subsystems. They are grouped into the Shared Resources block and the Analog
Subsystem.
The Shared Resources block includes Inter-Processor Communications (IPC) registers, MTOC Message
RAM, CTOM Message RAM, and eight individually configurable Shared RAM blocks.
The Message RAMs and the Shared RAMs can be accessed by the C28x CPU and DMA and have
Parity-Error Checking. The MTOC Message RAM is intended for sending data from the Master Subsystem
to the Control Subsystem, having r/w access for the Cortex™-M3/µDMA and read-only access for the
C28x/DMA. The CTOM Message RAM is intended for sending data from the Control Subsystem to the
Master Subsystem, having r/w access for the C28x/DMA and read-only access for the
Cortex™-M3/µDMA.
The IPC registers provide up to 32 handshaking channels to coordinate transfer of data through the
Message RAMs by polling. Four of these channels are also backed up by four interrupts to PIE on the
Control Subsystem side, and four interrupts to the NVIC on the Master Subsystem side (to reduce delays
associated with polling).
The eight Shared RAM blocks are similar to the Message RAMs, in that the data flow is only one way;
however, the direction of the data flow can be individually set for each block to be from Master to Control
Subsystem or from Control to Master Subsystem.
See Section 5.3 for more information on shared resources and analog peripherals.
30
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.5
Analog Subsystem
The Analog Subsystem has ADC1, ADC2, and six Analog Comparator + DAC units that can be accessed
by both the Master Subsystem and Control Subsystem via the Analog Common Interface Bus. The C28x
CPU accesses the ACIB through the C28x Memory Bus, and the C28x DMA through the C28x DMA Bus.
The ACIB arbitrates for access to ADC and Analog Comparator registers between CPU/DMA bus cycles
of the C28x Subsystem with those of the Cortex™-M3 Subsystem. In addition to managing bus cycles, the
ACIB also transfers Start-Of-Conversion triggers to the Analog Subsystem and returns End-Of-Conversion
ADC interrupts to both the Master Subsystem and the Control Subsystem.
There are 22 possible SOC (Start-Of-Conversion) sources from the C28x Subsystem that are mapped to a
total of 8 possible SOC triggers inside the Analog Subsystem (to ADC1 and ADC2).
Going the other way, eight EOC (End-Of-Conversion) sources from ADC1 and eight EOC sources from
ADC2 are AND-ed together to form eight interrupts going to destinations in both the Master and Control
Subsystems. Inside the C28x Subsystem, all eight EOC interrupts go to the PIE, but only four of the same
eight go to the C28x DMA.
Figure 2-3 shows the Analog Subsystem.
2.5.1
ADC1
The ADC1 consists of a 12-bit Analog-to-Digital converter with up to 16 analog input channels of which
10 are currently pinned out. One of the not-pinned-out channels is assigned to the internal temperature
sensor. The analog channels are internally pre-assigned to two Sample-and-Hold (S/H) units A and B,
both feeding an Analog Mux whose output is converted to a 12-bit digital value and stored in ADC1 result
registers. The two S/H units enable simultaneous sampling of two analog signals at a time. Additional
channels or channel pairs are converted sequentially. Start-of-Conversion (SOC) triggers from the Control
Subsystem initiate analog-to-digital conversions. End-of-Conversion (EOC) interrupts from ADCs notify the
Master and Control Subsystems that the conversion results are ready to be read from ADC1 result
registers.
See Section 5.3.1 for more information on ADC peripherals.
2.5.2
ADC2
The ADC2 consists of a 12-bit Analog-to-Digital converter with up to 16 analog input channels of which
10 are currently pinned out. The analog channels are internally preassigned to two Sample-and-Hold (S/H)
units A and B, both feeding an Analog Mux whose output is converted to a 12-bit digital value and stored
in the ADC2 result registers. The two S/H units enable simultaneous sampling of two analog signals at a
time. Additional channels or channel pairs are converted sequentially. Start-of-Conversion (SOC) triggers
from the Control Subsystem initiate analog-to-digital conversions. End-of-Conversion (EOC) interrupts
from ADCs notify the Master and Control Subsystems that the conversion results are ready to be read
from ADC2 result registers.
See Section 5.3.1 for more information on ADC peripherals.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
31
PRODUCT PREVIEW
The Concerto™ MCU Analog Subsystem has two independent Analog-to-Digital Converters (ADC1,
ADC2); six Analog Comparators + DAC units; and an Analog Common Interface Bus (ACIB) to facilitate
analog data communications with Concerto’s two digital subsystems (Cortex™-M3 and C28x).
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
10
AIO_MUX1
GPIO
MUX
4
ANALOG
COMMON
INTERFACE
BUS
ADC1INB0
ADC1INB3
ADC1INB4
ADC1INB7
ADC1INA0
ADC1INA1
ADC1INA3
ADC1INA4
ADC1INA6
ADC1INA7
ANALOG BUS
MCIBSTATUS REG
ADC
1
ANALOG BUS
GPIO_MUX2
PRODUCT PREVIEW
COMPA1
COMPA2
COMPA3
GPIO
MUX
8
M3
uDMA
TRIGS (8:1)
EOC
INTERRUPTS
(8:1)
ADC1INT (8:1)
VDDA
(3.3V)
ADCINT(8:1)
ADC2INT (8:1)
VSSA
(0V)
COMPOUT (6:1)
COMPA4
COMPA5
COMPA6
M3
uDMA
BUS
M3
SYSTEM
BUS
COMPB2
6
COMPARATOR
+ DAC UNITS
8
M3
CPU
C28
DMA
BUS
C28
CPU
BUS
COMPB5
CCIBSTATUS REG
ADC
2
C28x
CPU
C28x
DMA
ADCINT
(4:1)
TRIGS (8:1)
SOC
TRIGGERS
(8:1)
TINT (2:0)
ADC2INA0
ADC2INA2
ADC2INA3
ADC2INA4
ADC2INA6
ADC2INA7
ADC2INB0
ADC2INB3
ADC2INB4
ADC2INB7
XINT2
SOC (9:1) A
TRIG8SEL REG
SOC (9:1) B
TRIG7SEL REG
...
GPIO
MUX
TRIG2SEL REG
4
AIO_MUX2
TRIG1SEL REG
TIMER
(3)
XINT2
EPWM
(9)
10
Figure 2-3. Analog Subsystem
32
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.5.3
Analog Comparator + DAC
There are six Comparator blocks enabling simultaneous comparison of multiple pairs of analog inputs,
resulting in six digital comparison outputs. The external analog inputs that are being compared in the
comparators come from AIO_MUX1 and AIO_MUX2 blocks. These analog inputs can be compared
against each other or the outputs of 10-bit DACs (Digital-to-Analog Converters) inside individual
Comparator modules. The six comparator outputs go to the GPIO_MUX2 block where they can be
mapped to six out of eight available pins.
Note that in order to use these comparator outputs to trip the C28x EPWMA/B outputs, they must be first
routed externally from pins of the GPIO_MUX2 block to selected pins of the GPIO_MUX1 block before
they can be assigned to selected 12 ePWM Trip Inputs.
See Section 5.3.2 for more information on the analog comparator + DAC.
Analog Common Interface Bus (ACIB)
The ACIB bus links the Master and Control Subsystems with the Analog Subsystem. It enables the
Cortex™-M3 CPU/µDMA and C28x CPU/DMA to access Analog Subsystem registers, to send SOC
Triggers to the Analog Subsystem, and to receive EOC Interrupts from the Analog Subsystem. The
Cortex™-M3 uses its System Bus and the µDMA Bus to read from and write to Analog Subsystem
registers. The C28x uses its Memory Bus and the DMA bus to access the same Analog Subsystem
registers. The ACIB arbitrates between up to four possibly simultaneously occurring bus cycles on the
Master/Control Subsystem side of ACIB to access the ADC and Analog Comparator registers on the
Analog Subsystem side.
Additionally, ACIB maps up to 22 SOC trigger sources from the Control Subsystem to 8 SOC trigger
destinations inside the Analog Subsystem (shared between ADC1 and ADC2), and up to 16 ADC EOC
interrupt sources from the Analog Subsystem to 8 destinations inside the Master and Control Subsystems.
The eight ADC interrupts are the result of AND-ing of eight EOC interrupts from ADC1 with 8 EOC
interrupts from ADC2. The total of 16 possible ADC1 and ADC2 interrupts are sharing the 8 interrupt lines
because it is unlikely that any application would need all 16 interrupts at the same time.
Eight registers (TRIG1SEL–TRIG8SEL) configure eight corresponding SOC triggers to assign 1 of 22
possible trigger sources to each SOC trigger.
There are two registers that provide status of ACIB to the Master Subsystem and to the Control
Subsystem.
The Cortex™-M3 can read the MCIBSTATUS register to verify that the Analog Subsystem is properly
powered up; the Analog System Clock (ASYSCLK) is present; and that the bus cycles, triggers, and
interrupts are correctly propagating between the Master, Control, and Analog subsystems.
The C28x can read the CCIBSTATUS register to verify that the Analog Subsystem is properly powered
up; the Analog System Clock (ASYSCLK) is present; and that the bus cycles, triggers, and interrupts are
correctly propagating between the Master, Control, and Analog subsystems.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
33
PRODUCT PREVIEW
2.5.4
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
2.6
www.ti.com
Master Subsystem NMIs
The Cortex™-M3 NMI Block generates an M3NMIINT non-maskable interrupt to the Cortex™-M3 CPU
and an M3NMI event to the NMI Watchdog in response to potentially critical conditions existing inside or
outside the Concerto™ MCU. When able to respond to the M3NMIINT interrupt, the Cortex™-M3 CPU
may address the NMI condition and disable the NMI Watchdog. Otherwise, the NMI Watchdog counts out
and an M3NMIRST reset signal is sent to the Resets block.
The inputs to the Cortex™-M3 NMI block include the C28NMIRST, PIENMIERR, CLOCKFAIL, ACIBERR,
VREGWARN and EXTGPIO signals. The C28NMIRST comes from the C28x NMI Watchdog and it
indicates that the C28x was not able to prevent the C28x NMI Watchdog counter from counting out.
PIENMIERR indicates that an error condition was generated during the NMI vector fetch from the C28x
Peripheral Interrupt Expansion (PIE) block. The CLOCKFAIL input comes from the Master Clocks Block,
announcing a missing clock source to the Main Oscillator. ACIBERR indicates an abnormal condition
inside the Analog Common Interface Bus. The VREGWARN input communicates a power anomaly.
EXTGPIO comes from the GPIO_MUX1 to announce an external emergency.
The Cortex™-M3 NMI block can be accessed via the Cortex™-M3 NMI configuration registers—including
the MNMIFLG, MNMIFLGCLR, and MNMIFLGFRC registers—to examine flag bits for the NMI sources,
clear the flags, and force the flags to active state, respectively.
Figure 2-4 shows the Cortex™-M3 NMI and C28x NMI.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
2.7
Control Subsystem NMIs
The C28x NMI Block generates a C28NMIINT non-maskable interrupt to the C28x CPU and a C28NMI
event to the C28x NMI Watchdog in response to potentially critical conditions existing inside the
Concerto™ MCU. When able to respond to the C28NMIINT interrupt, the C28x CPU may address the NMI
condition and disable the C28x NMI Watchdog. Otherwise, the C28x NMI Watchdog counts out and the
C28NMIRST reset signal is sent to the Resets block and the Cortex™-M3 NMI Block, where it can
generate an NMI to the Cortex™-M3 processor.
The inputs to the C28x NMI block include the CLOCKFAIL, ACIBERR, RAMUNCERR, FLASHUNCERR,
and PIENMIERR signals. The CLOCKFAIL input comes from the Clocks Block, announcing a missing
clock source to the Main Oscillator. ACIBERR indicates an abnormal condition inside the Analog Common
Interface Bus. The RAMUCERR and FLASHUNCERR announce the occurrence of uncorrectable error
conditions during access to the Flash or RAM (local or shared). PIENMIERR indicates that an error
condition was generated during NMI vector fetch from the C28x Peripheral Interrupt Expansion (PIE)
block.
The C28x NMI block can be accessed via the C28x NMI configuration registers—including the CNMIFLG,
CNMIFLGCLR, and CNMIFLGFRC registers—to examine flag bits for the NMI sources, clear the flags,
and force the flags to active state, respectively.
Figure 2-4 shows the Cortex™-M3 NMI and C28x NMI.
34
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
1.2V
VREG
M3 NMI
WDOG
M3NMI
VREGWARN
M3 WDOG
(2)
M3NMIRST
M3WDRST (1:0)
NMI
GPIO_MUX
M3 NMI
M3NMIINT
PRODUCT PREVIEW
M3NMI
M3EXTNMI
M3 CPU
C28NMIRST
ANALOG
SUBSYSTEM
ACIBERR
M3WDRST (1:0)
M3NMIRST
RESETS
C28NMIRST
CLOCKS
CLOCKFAIL
PIENMIERR
C28NMIINT
RAMUNCERR
SHARED RAM
C28x NMI
C28x CPU
C28NMI
C28x LOCAL
RAM
FLASHUNCERR
C28NMI
C28x
FLASH
C28NMIRST
C28x NMI
WDOG
Figure 2-4. Cortex™-M3 NMI and C28x NMI
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
35
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
2.8
www.ti.com
Resets
The Concerto™ MCU has two external reset pins: XRS for the Master and Control Subsystems, and ARS
for the Analog Subsystem. It is recommended that these two pins be externally tied together with a board
signal trace.
The XRS pin can receive an external reset signal from outside into the chip, and it can drive a reset signal
out from inside of the chip. A reset pulse driven into the XRS pin resets the Master and Control
Subsystems. A reset pulse can also be driven out of the XRS pin by the voltage monitoring block of the
Master and Control Subsystems. A reset pulse can be driven out of the XRS pin when the two
Cortex™-M3 Watchdogs or the Cortex™-M3 NMI Watchdog time out.
The ARS pin can receive an external reset signal from outside into the chip, and it can drive a reset signal
out from inside of the chip. A reset pulse driven into the ARS pin resets the Analog Subsystem. A reset
pulse can be driven out of the ARS pin by the voltage monitoring block of the Analog Subsystem.
Figure 2-5 shows the resets.
2.8.1
Cortex™-M3 Resets
PRODUCT PREVIEW
The Cortex™-M3 CPU and NVIC (Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller) are both reset by the POR
(Power-On Reset) or the M3SYSRST reset signal. In both cases, the Cortex™-M3 CPU restarts program
execution from the address provided by the reset entry in the vector table. A register can later be
referenced to determine the source of the reset. The M3SYSRST signal also propagates to the
Cortex™-M3 peripherals and the rest of the Cortex™-M3 Subsystem.
The M3SYSRST has four possible sources: XRS, M3WDOGS, M3SWRST, and M3DBGRST. The
M3WDOGS is set in response to time-out conditions of the two Cortex™-M3 Watchdogs or the
Cortex™-M3 NMI Watchdog. The M3SWRST is a software-generated reset output by the NVIC. The
M3DBGRS is a debugger-generated reset that is also output by the NVIC. In addition to driving
M3SYSRST, these two resets also propagate to the C28x Subsystem and the Analog Subsystem.
The M3RSNIN bit can be set inside the CRESCNF register to selectively reset the C28x Subsystem from
the Cortex™-M3, and ACIBRST bit of the same register selectively resets the Analog Common Interface
Bus. In addition to driving reset signals to other parts of the chip, the Cortex™-M3 can also detect a
C28SYSRST reset being set inside the C28x Subsystem by reading the CRES bit of the CRESSTS
register.
Cortex™-M3 software can also set bits in the SRCR register to selectively reset individual Cortex™-M3
peripherals, provided they are enabled inside the DC (Device Configuration) register. The Reset Cause
register (MRESC) can be read to find out if the latest reset was caused by External Reset,
VMON/POR/BOR, Watchdog Timer 0, Watchdog Timer 1, or Software Reset from NVIC.
36
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
M3 WDOG (1)
M3WDOGS
M3 WDOG (0)
CRESSTS REG
JTAG
CONTROLLER
( SETS DEFAULT VALUES ) XRS
SOFTWARE
M3PORRST
ACIBRST
M3RSNIN
C28SYSRST
VOLTAGE
REGULATION
AND
MONITORING
CRESCNF REG
POR
M3
CPU
M3
NVIC
XRS
M3
NMI
WDOG
M3SYSRST
XRS
FLASH PUMP
PRODUCT PREVIEW
M3SYSRST
M3SWRST
PERIPHERAL SOFTWARE RESETS
M3DBGRST
M3
SUBSYSTEM
SRCR REG
MRESC REG
CONTAINS RESET CAUSES
DC REG
GLOBAL PERIPHERAL ENABLES
ACIBRST
ANALOG
SUBSYSTEM
ARS
PIN
SRXRST
XRS
GPIO_MUX
SHARED
RESOURCES
M3WDOGS
POR
C28x
SUBSYSTEM
XRS
PIN
‘0’
C28RSTIN
XRS
C28SYSRST
C28x
CPU
SYNC
DEGLITCH
ACIBRST
M3SSCLK
XRS
C28x
NMI
WDOG
RESET INPUT SIGNAL STATUS
DEVICECNF REG
C28NMIWD
Figure 2-5. Resets
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
37
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
2.8.2
www.ti.com
C28x Resets
The C28x CPU is reset by the C28RSTIN signal, and the C28x CPU in turn resets the rest of the C28x
Subsystem with the C28SYSRST signal. When reset, the C28x restarts program execution from the
address provided at the top of the Boot ROM Vector Table.
The C28RSTIN has five possible sources: XRS, C28NMIWD, M3SWRST, M3DBGRST, and the
M3RSNIN. The C28NMIWD is set in response to time-out conditions of the C28x NMI Watchdog. The
M3SWRST is a software-generated reset output by the NVIC. The M3DBGRS is a debugger-generated
reset that is also output by the NVIC. These two resets must be first enabled by the Cortex™-M3
processor in order to propagate to the C28x Subsystem. M3RSNIN reset comes from the Cortex™-M3
Subsystem to selectively reset the C28x Subsystem from Cortex™-M3 software.
The C28x processor can learn the status of the internal ACIBRST reset signal and the external XRS pin
by reading the DEVICECNF register.
2.8.3
Analog Subsystem and Shared Resources Resets
Both the Analog Subsystem and the resources shared between the C28x and Cortex™-M3 subsystems
(IPC, MSG RAM, Shared RAM) are reset by the SRXRST reset signal. Additionally, the Analog
Subsystem is also reset by the internal ACIBRST signal from the Cortex™-M3 Subsystem and the
external ARS pin (which should be externally tied to the XRS pin).
PRODUCT PREVIEW
The SRXRST has three possible sources: XRS, M3SWRST, and M3DBGRST. The M3SWRST is a
software-generated reset output by the NVIC. The M3DBGRS is a debugger-generated reset that is also
output by the NVIC. These two resets must be first enabled by the Cortex™-M3 processor in order to
propagate to the Analog Subsystem and the Shared Resources.
2.8.4
Device Boot Sequence
Concerto’s boot sequence is used to configure the Master Subsystem and the Control Subsystem for
execution of application code. It involves both internal resources, and resources external to the device.
These resources include: Master Subsystem Bootloader code (M-Bootloader) factory-programmed inside
the Master Subsystem Boot ROM (M-Boot ROM); Control Subsystem Bootloader code (C-Bootloader)
factory-programmed inside the Control Subsystem Boot ROM (C-Boot ROM); three GPIO_MUX1 pins for
Master boot mode selection; internal Flash and RAM memories; and selected Cortex™-M3 and C28x
peripherals for loading the application code into the Master and Control Subsystems.
The boot sequence starts when the Master Subsystem comes out of reset. This can be caused by device
power up, external reset, debugger reset, software reset, Cortex™-M3 watchdog reset, or Cortex™-M3
NMI watchdog reset. While the M-Bootloader starts executing first, the C-Bootloader starts soon after, and
then both bootloaders work in tandem to configure the device, load application code for both processors (if
not already in the Flash), and branch the execution of each processor to a selected location in the
application code.
Execution of the M-Bootloader commences when an internal reset signal goes from active to inactive
state. At that time, the Control Subsystem and the Analog Subsystem continue to be in reset state until
the Master Subsystem takes them out of reset. The M-Bootloader first initializes some device-level
functions, then it initializes the Master Subsystem. Next, the M-Bootloader takes the Control Subsystem
and the Analog Subsystem/ACIB out of reset. When the Control Subsystem comes out of reset, its own
C-Bootloader starts executing in parallel with the M-Bootloader. After initializing the Control Subsystem,
the C-Bootloader enters the C28x processor into the idle mode (to wait for the M-Bootloader to wake it up
later via the MTOCIPC1 interrupt). Next, the M-Bootloader reads three GPIO pins (see Table 2-17) to
determine the boot mode for the rest of the M-Bootloader operation.
38
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Boot Mode #
Master Subsystem Boot Modes
PF3_GPIO35
(BOOT_2)
PG7_GPIO47
(BOOT_1)
PG3_GPIO43
(BOOT_0)
0
Boot from Parallel GPIO
0
0
0
1
Boot to Master Subsystem RAM
0
0
1
2
Boot from Master Subsystem serial
peripherals (UART0/SSI0/I2C0)
0
1
0
3
Boot from Master Subsystem CAN interface
0
1
1
4
Boot from Master Subsystem Ethernet
interface
1
0
0
5
Not supported (Defaults to Boot-to-Flash)
1
0
1
6
Not supported (Defaults to Boot-to-Flash)
1
1
0
7
Boot to Master Subsystem Flash memory
1
1
1
Boot Mode 7 causes the Master program to branch execution to the application in the Master Flash
memory. This requires that the Master Flash be already programmed with valid code; otherwise, a hard
fault exception is generated and the Cortex™-M3 goes back to the above reset sequence. (Therefore, for
a factory-fresh device, the M-Bootloader will be in a continuous reset loop until the emulator is connected
and a debug session started.) If the Master Subsystem Flash has already been programmed, the
application code will start execution. Typically, the Master Subsystem application code will then establish
data communication with the C28x [through the IPC (Interprocessor Communications peripheral)] to
coordinate the rest of the boot process with the Control Subsystem. Boot Mode 7 typically does not
require any external signals to drive the three boot mode pins, as by default, all three pins are internally
pulled up to logic 1 (111b).
Boot Mode 1 causes the Master boot program to branch to Cortex™-M3 RAM, where it starts executing
code that has been preloaded earlier. Typically, this mode is used during development of application code
meant for Flash, but which has to be first tested running out of RAM. In this case, the user would typically
load the application code into RAM using the debugger, and then issue a debugger reset, while setting the
three boot pins to 001b. From that point on, the rest of the boot process on the Master Subsystem side is
controlled by the application code.
Boot Modes 0, 2, 3, and 4 are used to load the Master application code from an external peripheral before
branching to it. This is different from Boot Modes 7 and 1, where the application code was either already
programmed in Flash or loaded into RAM by the emulator. If the boot mode selection pins are set to 000b,
the M-Bootloader (running out of M-Boot ROM) will start uploading the Master application code from
preselected Parallel GPIO_MUX1 pins. If the boot pins are set to 010b, the application code will be loaded
from the Master Subsystem UART0, SSI0, or I2C0 peripheral. If the boot pins are set to 011b, the
application code will be loaded from the Master Subsystem CAN interface. Furthermore, if the boot pins
are set to 100b, the application code will be loaded through the Master Subsystem Ethernet interface.
Regardless of the type of boot mode selected, once the Master application code is resident in Master
Flash or RAM, the next step for the M-Bootloader is to branch to it. At that point, the application code
takes over control from the M-Bootloader, and the boot process continues as prescribed by the application
code. At this stage, the Master application program typically establishes communication with the
C-Bootloader, which by now, would have already initialized the Control Subsystem and forced the C28x to
go into Idle mode. To wake the Control Subsystem out of Idle mode, the Master application issues the
Master-to-Control-IPC-interrupt 1 (MTOCIPCINT1) . Once the data communication has been established
through the IPC, the boot process can now also continue on the Control Subsystem side.
The rest of the Control Subsystem boot process is controlled by the Master Subsystem application issuing
IPC instructions to the Control Subsystem, with the C-Bootloader interpreting the IPC commands and
acting on them to continue the boot process. At this stage, a boot mode for the Control Subsystem can be
established. The Control Subsystem boot modes are similar to the Master Subsystem boot modes, except
for the mechanism by which they are selected. The Control Subsystem boot modes are chosen through
the IPC commands from the Master application code to the C-Bootloader, which interprets them and acts
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
39
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Table 2-17. Master Subsystem Boot Mode Selection
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
accordingly. The choices are, as above, to branch to already existing Control application code in Flash, to
branch to preloaded code in RAM (development mode), or to upload the Control application code from
one of several available peripherals (see Table 2-18). As before, once the Control application is in place
(in Flash or RAM), the C-Bootloader branches to it, and from that point on, the application code takes
over.
Table 2-18. Control Subsystem Boot Mode Selection
Control Subsystem
Boot Modes
PRODUCT PREVIEW
MTOCIPCBOOTMODE
Register Value
Description
BOOT_FROM_RAM
0x0000 0001
Upon receiving this command from the Master Subsystem, C-Boot
ROM will branch to the Control Subsystem RAM entry point location
and start executing code from there.
BOOT_FROM_FLASH
0x0000 0002
Upon receiving this command, C-Boot ROM will branch to the
Control Subsystem FLASH entry point and start executing code from
there.
BOOT_FROM_SCI
0x0000 0003
Upon receiving this command, C-Boot ROM will boot from the
Control Subsystem SCI peripheral.
BOOT_FROM_SPI
0x0000 0004
Upon receiving this command, C-Boot ROM will boot from the
Control Subsystem SPI interface.
BOOT_FROM_I2C
0x0000 0005
Upon receiving this command, C-Boot ROM will boot from the
Control Subsystem I2C interface.
BOOT_FROM_PARALLEL
0x0000 0006
Upon receiving this command, C-Boot ROM will boot from the
Control Subsystem GPIO.
The boot process can be considered completed once the Cortex™-M3 and C28x are both running out of
their respective application programs. Note that following the boot sequence, the C-Bootloader is still
available to interpret and act upon an assortment of IPC commands that can be issued from the Master
Subsystem to perform a variety of configuration, housekeeping, and other functions. See the Concerto
F28M35x Technical Reference Manual (literature number SPRUH22) for additional information on
Concerto boot modes, IPC commands, and the underlying boot philosophy.
40
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.9
Master Subsystem Clocking
The internal PLLSYSCLK clock, normally used as a source for all Master Subsystem clocks, is a
divided-down output of the Main PLL or X1 external clock input, as defined by the SPLLCKEN bit of the
SYSPLLCTL register.
There is also a second oscillator that internally generates two clocks: 32KHZCLK and 10MHZCLK. The
10MHZCLK is used by the Missing Clock Circuit to detect a possible absence of an external clock source
to the Main Oscillator that drives the Main PLL. Detection of a missing clock results in a substitution of the
10MHZCLK for the PLLSYSCLK. CLKFAIL signal is also sent to the NMI Block and the Control
Subsystem where it can trip the ePWM peripherals.
The 32KHZCLK and 10MMHZCLK clocks are also used by the Cortex™-M3 Subsystem as possible
sources for the Deep Sleep Clock.
The Master Subsystem operates in one of three modes: Run Mode, Sleep Mode, or Deep Sleep Mode.
Table 2-19 shows the Master Subsystem low-power modes and their effect on both CPUs, clocks, and
peripherals. Figure 2-6 shows the Cortex™-M3 clocks and the Master Subsystem low-power modes.
Table 2-19. Master Subsystem Low-Power Modes
Cortex™-M3
State of
Low-Power Cortex™-M3
Mode
CPU
Clock to
Cortex™-M3
Peripherals
Register
Used to
Gate Clocks
to
Cortex™-M3
Peripherals
Main
PLL
USB
PLL
Clock to C28x
Clock to Shared
Resources
Clock to
Analog
Subsystem
Run
Active
M3SSCLK (1)
RCGC
On
On
PLLSYSCLK (2)
PLLSYSCLK (2)
ASYSCLK (3)
Sleep
Stopped
M3SSCLK (1)
RCGC or
SCGC (4)
On
On
PLLSYSCLK (2)
PLLSYSCLK (2)
ASYSCLK (3)
Deep Sleep
Stopped
M3DSDIVCLK (5)
RCGC or
DCGC (4)
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
PLLSYSCLK or OSCCLK divided-down per the M3SSDIVSEL register. In case of a missing source clock, M3SSCLK becomes
10MHZCLK divided-down per the M3SSDIVSEL register.
PLLSYSCLK normally refers to the output of the Main PLL divided-down per the SYSDIVSEL register. In case the PLL is bypassed, the
PLLSYSCLK becomes the OSCCLK divided-down per the SYSDIVSEL register. In case of a missing source clock, the 10MHZCLK is
substituted for the PLLSYSCLK.
PLLSYSCLK or OSCCLK divided-down per the CCLKCTL register. In case of a missing source clock, ASYSCLK becomes 10MHZCLK.
Depends on the ACG bit of the RCC register.
32KHZCLK or 10MHZCLK or OSCCLK chosen/divided-down per the DSLPCLKCFG register, then again divided by the M3SSDIVSEL
register (source determined inside the DSLPCLKCFG register).
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
41
PRODUCT PREVIEW
There are four registers associated with the Main PLL: SYSPLLCTL, SYSPLLMULT, SYSPLLSTAT and
SYSDIVSEL. Typically, the Cortex™-M3 processor writes to these registers, while the C28x processor has
read access. The C28x can request write access to the above registers through the CLKREQEST register.
Cortex™-M3 can regain write ownership of these registers through the MCLKREQUEST register.
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
ASSERT ANY INTERRUPT
TO EXIT SLEEP OR DEEP SLEEP
execution of WFI or WFE instr
activates low power modes
SELECTS TYPE
OF WAKEUP
REGISTER
ACCESS
M3 CPU
INTR
NVIC
SLEEPONEXIT
FCLK
REGISTER
ACCESS
HCLK
M3SSCLK
M3SSCLK
PERIPH
LOGIC
WDOG 0
M3CLKENBx
M3SSCLK
SYSCTRL REG
M3SSCLK
SELECTS BETWEEN SLEEP
AND DEEP SLEEP MODES
RCC REG
uCRC
OSCCLK
SLEEPDEEP
ENABLE
CLOCK MODE
PERIPH
LOGIC
CLOCKS
ENTER A LOW POWER MODE
ACG (Auto Clock Gate)
WDOG 1
M3SSCLK
CAN
1,2
OSCCLK
XCLKIN
PRODUCT PREVIEW
NMI WDOG
M3RUN
GP TIMER (4)
PERIPHERAL
CLOCK
ENABLES
SSI (4)
RCGC REG
( CLOCK GATING – RUN )
SCGC REG
( CLOCK GATING – SLEEP )
DCGC REG
( CLOCK GATING – DEEP SLEEP )
M3CLKENBx
UART (5)
M3SLEEP
USB + PHY
(OTG)
M3DEEPSLEEP
USBPLLCLK
M3DEEPSLEEP
DC REG
DSLPCLKCFG REG
PLL
DIS
USB
PLL
M3SSDIVSEL REG
OSCCLK
( GLOBAL PERIPHERAL ENABLES )
DSOSCSRC
I2C (2)
M3SSDIVSEL
DSDIVOVRIDE
XCLKIN
32KHZCLK
/1
/2
…
/16
10MHZCLK
EMAC
OSCCLK
M3DSDIVCLK
1
/1
/2
/4
M3SSCLK
0
OSCCLK
XCLKIN
GPIO_MUX1
EPI
MCLKREQUEST REG
uDMA
SYSDIVSEL REG
SYSPLLSTAT REG
32KHZCLK
10MHZCLK
OSCCLK
SYSPLLMULT REG
IPC
SYSDIVSEL
SYSPLLCTL REG
X2
MAIN OSC
/1
/2
/4
/8
OSCCLK
X1
INTERNAL
OSC
MISSING
CLK DETECT
PLL
DIS
MAIN
PLL
0
/2
CLOCKFAIL
1
CLOCKFAIL
PLLSYSCLK
MSG
RAMS
1
CLOCKFAIL
10MHZCLK
SHARED
RAMS
0
10MHZCLK
M3 NMI
OFF
CLPMSTAT REG
SHARED
RESOURCES
OSCCLK
CONTROL SUBSYSTEM
Figure 2-6. Cortex™-M3 Clocks and Low-Power Modes
42
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.9.1
Cortex™-M3 Run Mode
In Run Mode, the Cortex™-M3 processor, memory, and most of the peripherals are clocked by the
M3SSCLK, which is a divide-down version of the PLLSYSCLK (from Main PLL). The USB is clocked from
a dedicated USB PLL, the CAN peripherals are clocked by M3SSCLK, OSCCLK, or XCLKIN, and one of
two watchdogs (WDOG1) is also clocked by the OSCCLK. Clock selection for these peripherals is
accomplished via corresponding peripheral configuration registers. Clock gating for individual peripherals
is defined inside the RCGS register. RCGS, SCGS, and DCGS clock-gating settings only apply to
peripherals that are enabled in a corresponding DC (Device Configuration) register.
Execution of the WFI instruction (Wait-for-Interrupt) shuts down the HCLK to the Cortex™-M3 CPU and
forces the Cortex™-M3 Subsystem into Sleep or Deep Sleep low-power mode, depending on the state of
the SLEEPDEEP bit of the Cortex™-M3 SYSCTRL register. To come out of a low-power mode, any
properly configured interrupt event terminates the Sleep or Deep Sleep Mode and returns the Cortex™-M3
processor/subsystem to Run Mode.
Cortex™-M3 Sleep Mode
In Sleep Mode, the Cortex™-M3 processor and memory are prevented from clocking, and thus the code is
no longer executing. The gating for the peripheral clocks may change based on the ACG bit of the RCC
register. When ACG = 0, the peripheral clock gating is used as defined by the RCGS registers (same as in
Run Mode); and when ASC = 1, the clock gating comes from the SCGS register. RCGS and SCGS
clock-gating settings only apply to peripherals that are enabled in a corresponding DC register. Peripheral
clock frequency for the enabled peripherals in Sleep Mode is the same as during the Run Mode.
Sleep Mode is terminated by any properly configured interrupt event. Exiting from the Sleep Mode
depends on the Sleeponexit bit of the SYSCTRL register. When the Sleeponexit bit is 1, the processor will
temporarily wake up only for the duration of the ISR of the interrupt causing the wake-up. After that, the
processor goes back to Sleep Mode. When the Sleeponexit bit is 0, the processor wakes up permanently
(for the ISR and thereafter).
2.9.3
Cortex™-M3 Deep Sleep Mode
In Deep Sleep Mode, the Cortex™-M3 processor and memory are prevented from clocking and thus the
code is no longer executing. The Main PLL, USB PLL, ASYSCLK to the Analog Subsystem, and input
clock to the C28x CPU and Shared Resources are turned off. The gating for the peripheral clocks may
change based on the ACG bit of the RCC register. When ACG = 0, the peripheral clock gating is used as
defined by the RCGS registers (same as in Run Mode); and when ASC = 1, the clock gating comes from
the DCGS register. RCGS and DCGS clock gating settings only apply to peripherals that are enabled in a
corresponding DC register.
Peripheral clock frequency for the enabled peripherals in Deep Sleep Mode is different from the Run
Mode. One of three sources for the Deep Sleep clocks (32KHZCLK, 10MHZCLK, or OSCLK) is selected
with the DSOSCSRC bits of the DSLPCLKCFG register. This clock is divided-down according to
DSDIVOVRIDE bits of the DSLPCLKCFG register. The output of this Deep Sleep Divider is further
divided-down per the M3SSDIVSEL bits of the D3SSDIVSEL register to become the Deep Sleep Clock. If
32KHXCLK or 10MHZCLK is selected in Deep Sleep mode, the internal oscillator circuit (that generates
OSCCLK) is turned off.
The Cortex™-M3 processor should enter the Deep Sleep mode only after first confirming that the C28x is
already in the Standby mode. Typically, just before entering the Standby mode, the C28x will record in the
CLPMSTAT that it is about to do so. The Cortex™-M3 processor can read the CLPMSTAT register to
check if the C28x is in Standby mode, and only then should it go into Deep Sleep. The reason for this is
that the Deep Sleep mode shuts down the clock to C28x and its peripherals, and if this is not expected by
the C28x, it could result in unintended consequences for some of its control peripherals.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
43
PRODUCT PREVIEW
2.9.2
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Deep Sleep Mode is terminated by any properly configured interrupt event. Exiting from the Deep Sleep
Mode depends on the Sleeponexit bit of the SYSCTRL register. When the Sleeponexit bit is 1, the
processor will temporarily wake up only for the duration of the ISR of the interrupt causing the wake-up.
After that, the processor goes back to Deep Sleep Mode. When the Sleeponexit bit is 0, the processor
wakes up permanently (for the ISR and thereafter).
2.10 Control Subsystem Clocking
The CLKIN input clock to the C28x processor is normally a divided-down output of the Main PLL or X1
external clock input. There are four registers associated with the Main PLL: SYSPLLCTL, SYSPLLMULT,
SYSPLLSTAT and SYSDIVSEL. Typically, the Cortex™-M3 processor writes to these registers, while the
C28x processor has read access. The C28x can request write access to the above registers through the
CLKREQEST register. The Cortex™-M3 can regain write ownership of these registers through the
MCLKREQUEST register.
Individual C28x peripherals can be turned on or off by gating C28SYSCLK to those peripherals. This is
done via the CPCLKCR0,2,3 registers.
The C28x processor outputs two clocks: C28CPUCLK and C28SYSCLK.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
The Control Subsystem operates in one of three modes: Normal Mode, Idle Mode, or Standby Mode.
Table 2-20 shows the Control Subsystem low-power modes and their effect on the C28x CPU, clocks, and
peripherals. Figure 2-7 shows the Control Subsystem clocks and low-power modes.
Table 2-20. Control Subsystem Low-Power Modes (1)
State of C28x CPU
C28CPUCLK (2)
C28SYSCLK (3)
Registers Used to Gate
Clocks to C28x
Peripherals
Normal
Active
On
On
CPCLKCR0,1,3
Idle
Stopped
Off
On
CPCLKCR0,1,3
Standby
Stopped
Off
Off
N/A
C28x Low-Power Mode
(1)
(2)
(3)
44
The input clock to the C28x CPU is PLLSYSCLK from the Master Subsystem. This clock is turned off when the Master Subsystem
enters the Deep Sleep mode.
C28CPUCLK is an output from the C28x CPU and it clocks the C28x FPU, VCU, and PIE.
C28SYSCLK is an output from the C28x CPU and it clocks C28x peripherals.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
MASTER SUBSYSTEM
C28x NMI
ASYSRST
CCLKCTL REG
OSCCLK
CLPMSTAT REG
SYSDIVSEL REG
OFF
/1
/2
/4
/8
SYSPLLSTAT REG
SYSPLLCTL REG
HSPCLK
CCLKREQUEST REG
/1
/2
/4
…
/14
PLLSYSCLK
C28SYSCLK
XPLLCLKOUTDIV
LOSPCP REG
C28CLKINDIS
LSPCLK
/1
/2
/4
…
/14
C28SYSCLK
XCLKOUT
SCI
SPI
PIEINTRS (1)
I2C
MTOCIPC(1)
C28 DMA
STANDBY
MODE
TIMER 2
C28CLKIN
C28x CPU
EXIT
STANDBY
MODE
GPIO_MUX1
‘0’
TINT2
Requests To Wake From STANDBY Mode
McBSP
/1
/2
/4
CLKOFF REG
EPWM (9)
C28LSPCLK
ASYSCLK
XPLLCLKCFG REG
execution of IDLE instruction
activates the IDLES signal
ENTER
STANDBY
MODE
IDLES
EXIT
IDLE
MODE
ENTER
IDLE
MODE
Requests To Wake From IDLE Mode
SOCBO
SOCAO
SYNCO
SYSPLLMULT REG
HISPCP REG
PRODUCT PREVIEW
10MHZCLK
C28HSPCLK
SRXRST
CLKDIV
CLOCKFAIL
PULSE
STRETCH
ACIBRST
PF2_GPIO34
GPIO_MUX1
ANALOG SUBSYSTEM
www.ti.com
TINT 1
TIMER 1
TIMER 0
C28 XINT(3)
PIEINTRS (12:1)
C28x
PIE
C28NMIINT
C28 FPU/VCU
C28x
PIE
EQEP (3)
LPM(1)
LPM(0)
CLPMCR0 REG
ECAP (6)
C28CPUCLK
C28SYSCLK
C28SYSCLK
LPMWAKE
CPCLKCR1 REG
CPCLKCR0 REG
QUAL
STDBY
(7:2)
C28CLKENBx
CLKCTL REG
TMR2CLKSRCSEL
QUAL
OSC
CLK
C28SYSCLK
GPI (63:0)
OSCCLK
GPIO_MUX1
C28x NMI
IPC
10MHZCLK
CTMR2CLK
PRESCALE
TMR2CLK
CPCLKCR3 REG
/1
/2
/4
/8
/16
Figure 2-7. C28x Clocks and Low-Power Modes
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
45
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.10.1 C28x Normal Mode
In Normal Mode, the C28x processor, Local Memory, and C28x peripherals are clocked by the
C28SYSCLK, which is derived from the C28CLKIN input clock to the C28x processor. The FPU, VCU, and
PIE are clocked by the C28CPUCLK, which is also derived from the C28CLKIN. Timer 2 can also be
clocked by the TMR2CLK, which is a divided-down version of one of three source clocks—C28SYSCLK,
OSCCLK, and 10MHZCLK—as selected by the CLKCTL register. Additionally, the LOSPCP register can
be programmed to provide a dedicated clock (C28LSPCLK) to the SCI, SPI, and McBSP peripherals; and
the HISPCP register can be programmed to provide a dedicated clock (C28HSPCLK) to stretch three
outputs from ePWM peripherals.
Clock gating for individual peripherals is defined inside the CPCLKCR0,1,3 registers. Execution of the
IDLE instruction stops the C28x processor from clocking and activates the IDLES signal. The IDLES
signal is gated with two LPM bits of the CPCLKCR0 register to enter the C28x Subsystem into Idle mode
or Standby Mode.
2.10.2 C28x Idle Mode
In Idle Mode, the C28x processor stops executing instructions and the C28CPUCLK is turned off. The
C28SYSCLK continues to run. Exit from Idle Mode is accomplished by any enabled interrupt or the
C28NMIINT (C28x non-maskable interrupt).
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Upon exit from Idle Mode, the C28CPUCLK is restored. If LPMWAKE interrupt is enabled, the LPMWAKE
ISR is executed. Next, the C28x processor starts fetching instructions from a location immediately
following the IDLE instruction that originally triggered the Idle Mode.
2.10.3 C28x Standby Mode
In Standby Mode, the C28x processor stops executing instructions and the C28CLKIN, C28CPUCLK, and
C28SYSCLK are turned off. Exit from Standby Mode is accomplished by one of 66 GPIOs from the
GPIO_MUX1 block, or MTOCIPCINT1 (interrupt from MTOC IPC peripheral). The wakeup GPIO selected
inside the GPIO_MUX block enters the Qualification Block as the LPMWAKE signal. Inside the
Qualification Block, the LPMWAKE signal is sampled per the QUALSTDBY bits (bits [7:2] of the
CPCLKCR0 register) before propagating into the wake request logic.
Cortex™-M3 should use CLPMSTAT register bits to tell the C28x to go into Standby mode before going
into Deep Sleep mode. Otherwise, the clock to the C28x will be turned off suddenly when the control
software is not expecting it to shut off. When the device is in Deep Sleep/Standby mode, wake-up should
happen only from the Master Subsystem, since all C28x clocks are off (C28CLKIN, C28CPUCLK,
C28SYSCLK), thus preventing the C28x from waking up first.
Upon exit from STANDBY Mode, the C28CLKIN, C28SYSCLK, and C28CPUCLK are restored. If the
LPMWAKE interrupt is enabled, the LPMWAKE ISR is executed. Next, the C28x processor starts fetching
instructions from a location immediately following the IDLE instruction that originally triggered the Standby
Mode.
2.11 Analog Subsystem Clocking
The Analog Subsystem is clocked by ASYSCLK, which is a divided-down version of the PLLSYSCLK as
defined by CLKDIV bits of the CCLKCTL register. The CCLKCTL register is exclusively accessible by the
C28x processor, it is reset by ASYSRST, which is derived from two Analog Subsystem resets—ACIBRST
and SRXRST. Therefore, while normally the C28x controls the frequency of ASYSCLK, it is possible for
the Cortex™-M3 software to restore the ASYSCLK to its default value by resetting the Analog Subsystem.
The ASYSCLK is shut down when the Cortex™-M3 processor enters the Deep Sleep mode.
46
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.12 Shared Resources Clocking
All Shared Resources (IPC, Shared RAMs, and Message RAMs) are clocked by PLLSYSCLK. The
PLLSYSCLK normally refers to the output of the Main PLL divided-down per the SYSDIVSEL register. In
case the PLL is bypassed, the PLLSYSCLK becomes the OSCCLK divided-down per the SYSDIVSEL
register. In case of a missing source clock, the 10MHZCLK is substituted for the PLLSYSCLK.
2.13 GPIOs and Other Pins
Most Concerto external pins are shared among many internal peripherals. This is accomplished through
several I/O muxes where a specific physical pin can be assigned to selected signals of internal
peripherals.
Most of the I/O pins of the Concerto™ MCU can also be configured as programmable GPIOs. Exceptions
include the X1 and X2 oscillator inputs; the XRS digital reset and ARS analog reset; the VREG12EN and
VREG18EN internal voltage regulator enables; and five JTAG pins. The 74 primary GPIOs are grouped in
2 programmable blocks: GPIO_MUX1 block (66 pins) and GPIO_MUX2 block (8 pins). Additionally, eight
secondary GPIOs are available through the AIO_MUX1 block (four pins) and AIO_MUX2 block (four pins).
Figure 2-8 shows the GPIOs and other pins.
The 66 pins of the GPIO_MUX1 block can be selectively mapped through corresponding sets of registers
to all Cortex™-M3 peripherals, all C28x peripherals, 12 ePWM Trip Inputs, 6 eCAP inputs, 3 External
Interrupts to the C28x PIE, the C28x Standby Mode Wakeup signal (LMPWAKE), 64 General-Purpose
Inputs or 64 General-Purpose Outputs, or a mixture of all of the above. Additionally, each GPIO_MUX1
pin can have a pullup enabled or disabled. By default, all pullups and outputs are disabled on reset, and
all pins of the GPIO_MUX1 block are mapped to Cortex™-M3 peripherals (and not to C28x peripherals).
Figure 2-9 shows the internal structure of GPIO_MUX1. The blue blocks represent the Master Subsystem
side of GPIO_MUX1, and the green blocks are the Control Subsystem side. The grey block in the center,
Pin-Level Mux, is where the 66 GPIO_MUX1 pins are individually assigned between the two subsystems,
based on how the configuration registers are programmed in the blue and green blocks (see Figure 2-10
for the configuration registers).
Pin-Level Mux assigns Master Subsystem peripheral signals, Control Subsystem peripheral signals, or
GPIOs to the 66 Concerto pins. In addition to connecting peripheral I/Os of the two subsystems to pins,
the Pin-Level Mux also provides other signals to the subsystems: XCLKIN and GPIO[H:A] IRQ signals to
the Master Subsystem, plus GPTRIP[12:1] and GPI[63:0] signals to the Control Subsystem. XCLKIN
carries a clock from an external pin to USB PLL and CAN modules. The eight GPIO[H:A] IRQ signals are
interrupt requests from selected external pins to the NVIC interrupt controller. The 12 GPTRIP[12:1]
signals carry trip events from selected external pins to C28x control peripherals—ePWM, eCAP, and
eQEP. The 64 GPI[63:0] signals go to the C28x QUAL block, where any one of them can be selected and
qualified to wake up the C28x CPU from Standby Low-Power Mode.
The configuration registers for the muxing of Master Subsystem peripherals are organized in nine sets
(A–J), with each set being responsible for up to eight pins. These registers are programmable by the
Cortex™-M3 CPU via the AHB bus or the APB bus. The configuration register for the muxing of Control
Subsystem peripherals are organized in three sets (A–C), with each set being responsible for up to
32 pins. These registers are programmable by the C28x CPU via the C28x CPU bus. Figure 2-10 shows
set A of the Master Subsystem GPIO configuration registers, set A of the Control Subsystem registers,
and the muxing logic for one GPIO pin as driven by these registers.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
47
PRODUCT PREVIEW
2.13.1 GPIO_MUX1
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
10
AIO_MUX1
MII TX0
MII TX1
MII TX2
MII TX3
MII TXEN
MII MDC
M II PHYRSTN
MII TXER
MII MDIO
MII PHYINTRN
MII COL
MII CRS
MII TXCK
MII RXDV
MII RXCK
MII RX0
MII RXER
MII RX1
MII RX2
UART
(5)
NVIC
CAN
(2)
SSI
(4)
I2C
(2)
I2C (1:0) SDA
I2C (1:0) SCL
SSI (3:0) TX
SSI (3:0) RX
SSI (3:0) FSS
SSI (3:0) CLK
XCLKIN
GPIO
CAN (1:0) TX
CAN (1:0) RX
U (4:0) TX
U (4:0) RX
U1CTS
U1DCD
U1DSR
U1RTS
GPIO_MUX1
U1DTR
GPIO
GPIO_MUX2
VDDA
(3.3V)
U1RI
GPIO (H:A) IRQ
M3EXTNMI
MUX
66
66
SDAA
SCLA
SPISIMO
SPISOMI
SPISTE
SPICLK
EQEP (3:1) I
EQEP (3:1) S
EQEP (3:1) B
EQEP (3:1)) A
ECAP (6:1)
GPTRIP (12:7)
GPTRIP (6:4)
QUAL
GPTRIP (12:1)
MUX
VSSA
(0V)
EPWM (9:1) B
GPI (63:0)
COMPOUT (6:1)
EPWM (9:1)) A
PRODUCT PREVIEW
8
MII RX3
EMAC
ADC
1
COMPB2
6
COMPARATOR
+ DAC UNITS
8
USB0EPEN
USB0VBUS
USB
M3
NMI
COMPA1
COMPA2
COMPA3
USB0OFLT
USB
PLL
EPI
USB0ID
USB0DM
ADC1INB0
ADC1INB3
ADC1INB4
ADC1INB7
ADC1INA0
ADC1INA2
ADC1INA3
ADC1INA4
ADC1INA6
ADC1INA7
XCLKIN
4
USB0DP
MUX
EPI0S (31:0)
GPIO
LPMWAKE
COMPA4
COMPA5
COMPA6
C28X
CPU
ADC
2
COMPB5
EPWM
(9)
ECAP
(6)
XINT
(3)
EQEP
(3)
SPI
I2C
McBSP
RESETS
CLOCKS
SCI
NMI
SCITXDA
SCIRXDA
MDXA
MFSXA
MCLXA
MDRA
MFSRA
MCLRA
M3EXTNMI
LPMWAKE
XCLKIN
X2
X1
XRS
AR S
JTAG (7)
10
DEBUG
VREG12EN
MUX
4
AIO_MUX2
VREGS
VREG18EN
GPIO
ADC2INB0
ADC2INB3
ADC2INB4
ADC2INB7
XCLKOUT
ADC2INA0
ADC2INA2
ADC2INA3
ADC2INA4
ADC2INA6
ADC2INA7
Figure 2-8. GPIOs and Other Pins
48
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
M3 AHB BUS
BUS BRIDGE
M3 APB BUS
XCLKIN
XCLKIN
USB
CAN
(2)
UART
(5)
EMAC
SSI
(4)
I2C
(2)
M3
uDMA
INTERRUPTS
NVIC
M3 PERIPHERAL SIGNAL ROUTING
M3 MUX A
M3 MUX B
8
M3 MUX D
8
M3 MUX E
8
M3 MUX F
M3 MUX H
M3 MUX G
7
8
M3
CPU
I2C (1:0) SDA
SSI (3:0) TX
I2C (1:0) SCL
SSI (3:0) RX
SSI (3:0) FSS
SSI (3:0) CLK
CAN (1:0) TX
U (4:0) TX
CAN (1:0) RX
U1CTS
U (4:0) RX
U1DSR
U1DCD
U1RTS
U1RI
U1DTR
MII TX0
MII TX1
MII TX2
MII TX3
MII TXEN
MII MDC
MII TXER
MII PHYRSTN
MII MDIO
MII PHYINTRN
MII COL
MII CRS
MII TXCK
MII RXCK
MII RXDV
MII RX0
MII RXER
MII RX1
MII RX2
MII RX3
EPI0S (31:0)
USB0EPEN
USB0VBUS
USB0OFLT
M3
EXT
NMI
USB0ID
USBOOM
USB0DP
M3
NMI
EPI
7
M3 MUX J
8
PRODUCT PREVIEW
USB
PLL
M3 MUX C
8
4
XCLKIN
GPIO
(H:A)
IRQ
GPTRIP
(12:1)
GPI
(63:0)
PIN - LEVEL MUX
66
GPIO
PINS
32
30
C28 MUX A
4
C28 MUX B
C28 MUX C
QUAL
C28 PERIPHERAL SIGNAL ROUTING
EPWM (9:1) B
EPWM (9:1) A
ECAP (6:1)
EQEP (3:1) I
EQEP (3:1) S
EQEP (3:1) B
EQEP (3:1) A
SCLA
SDAA
SPISIMO
SPISTE
SPISOMI
SPICLK
SCITXDA
SCIRXDA
MDXA
MFSXA
MDRA
MCLXA
MFSRA
MCLRA
LPM
WAKE
C28x
DMA
McBSP
SCI
SPI
I2C
EQEP
(3)
ECAP
(6)
GPTRIP (12:7)
EPWM
(9)
GPTRIP (12:1)
C28x
CPU
XINT
(3)
GPTRIP (6:4)
C28 CPU BUS
C28 DMA BUS
Figure 2-9. GPIO_MUX1 Block
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
49
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
PERIPHERALS 1-15 REPRESENT A SET OF UP TO
15 M3 PERIPHERALS SPECIFIC TO ONE I/O PIN
BLUE REGISTER SET A
BREPRESENTS 8 OF 66
DEVICE I/Os. REMAINING
58 I/Os ARE CONTROLLED
BY SIMILAR REGISTER
SETS B, C, D, E, F, I, J, H
TO/FROM M3 PERIPH 1-11
GPIO63
ONLY
GPIOPCTL REG
XCLKIN
ALT
PRIMARY
M3 REG SET A
GREY LOGIC IS SPECIFIC
TO ONE DEVICE I/O PIN
ENB
M3 REG SET A
M3 REG SET A
GPIOIS REG
GPIOAMSEL REG
(USB ANALOG SIGNALS)
GPIOIEV REG
GPIOIM REG
DISABLED
AT RESET
XRS
GPIO (A)
IRQ
GPIOIBE REG
PRIMARY
AT RESET
GPIOAPSEL REG
A-H INTR REQUESTS TO M3
M3 CLOCKS
TO/FROM M3 PERIPH 12-15
GPIORIS REG
GPIOPUR REG
GPIOODR REG
GPIOCSEL REG
GPIODEN REG
GPIOAFSEL REG
GPIOLOCK REG
GPIOCR REG
M3 REG SET A
GPIOMIS REG
GPIODATA REG
GPIOICR REG
GPIODIR REG
M3 REG SET A
PRODUCT PREVIEW
M3 REG SET A
NORMAL
AT RESET
‘1’
SELECT M3
AT RESET
I/O DISABLED
AT RESET
GPIO MODE
AT RESET
PULL UP
INPUT
‘0’
(4 PINS ONLY)
ANALOG USB
SIGNALS
ONE OF 66
GPIO_MUX1
PINS
GPIOAMSEL REG
OE
OUTPUT
DISABLED
AFTER RESET
(M3 GPIO)
OUTPUT
OPEN
DRAIN
LOGIC
OE
OE
‘1’
ASYNC INPUT
ORANGE LOGIC SHOWS
USB ANALOG FUNCTIONS
(APPLIES TO 4 PINS
ONLY)
OE
XRS
SYNC INPUT
SYNC
C28 REG SET A
GREEN REGISTER SET A
SHOWN REPRESENTS 32
OF 66 DEVICE I/Os. THE
REMAINING 34 I/Os ARE
CONTROLLED BY SIMILAR
REGISTER SETS B AND C
QUAL
(C28 GPIO)
GPACTRL REG
C28SYSCLK
C28 REG SET A
6 SAMPLES
GPASET REG
3 SAMPLES
OUTPUTS
GPACLEAR REG
GPASEL1 REG
SYNC INPUT
AT RESET
GPATOGGLE REG
GPIO
AT RESET
GPASEL2 REG
SEL(1:0)
GPADIR REG
C28 REG SET A
GPADAT REG
EACH I/O PIN HAS A
DEDICATED PAIR OF
BITS FOR MUX SELECT
EACH I/O PIN HAS A
DEDICATED PAIR OF
BITS FOR MUX SELECT
GPAMUX1 REG
GPAMUX2 REG
SEL(1:0)
SEL(1:0)
C28x CPU WAKE-UP FROM
A LOW POWER MODE
C28 REG SET A
PERIPHERALS 1 3 REPRESENT A SET OF UP TO
THREE C28 PERIPHERALS SPECIFIC TO ONE I/O PIN
FROM C28 PERIPH 1-3
GPI (63:0)
INPUTS
N/C AT RESET
N/C
TO C28 PERIPH 1-3
TO XINT,
ECAP, EPWM
GPTRIP (12:1)
Figure 2-10. GPIO_MUX1 Pin Mapping Through Register Set A
50
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
For each of the 8 pins in set A of the Cortex™-M3 GPIO registers, register GPIOPCTL selects between
1 of 11 possible primary Cortex™-M3 peripheral signals, or 1 of 4 possible alternate peripheral signals.
Register GPIOAPSEL then picks one output to propagate further along the muxing chain towards a given
pin. The input takes the reverse path. See Table 2-21 and Table 2-22 for the mapping of Cortex™-M3
peripheral pins to the 66 pins of GPIO_MUX1.
Similarly, on the C28x side, GPAMUX1 and GPAMUX2 registers select 1 of 4 possible C28x peripheral
signals for each of 32 pins of set A. The selected C28x peripheral output then propagates further along
the muxing chain towards a given pin. The input takes the reverse path. See Table 2-23 for the mapping
of C28x peripheral pins to the 66 pins of GPIO_MUX1.
In addition to passing mostly digital signals, a few GPIO_MUX1 pins can also be assigned to analog
signals. The GPIO Analog Mode Select (GPIOAMSEL) Register is used to assign four pins to analog USB
signals. PF6_GPIO38 becomes USB0VBUS, PG2_GPIO42 becomes USB0DM, PG5_GPIO45 becomes
USB0DP, and PG6_GPIO46 becomes USB0ID. When analog mode is selected, the corresponding pins
are not available for digital GPIO_MUX1 options as described above.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Another special case is the External Oscillator Input signal (XCLKIN). This signal, available through pin
PJ7_GPIO63, is directly tied to USBPLLCLK (clock input to USB PLL) and two CAN modules. It is always
available at these modules where it can be selected through local registers.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
51
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-21. GPIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (M3 Primary Modes) (1)
Device
Pin Name
M3
Primary
Mode 1
M3
Primary
Mode 2
M3
Primary
Mode 3
M3
Primary
Mode 4
M3
Primary
Mode 5
M3
Primary
Mode 6
M3
Primary
Mode 7
–
PA0_GPIO0
U0RX
–
–
–
–
–
–
PA1_GPIO1
U0TX
–
–
–
–
–
–
PA2_GPIO2
SSI0CLK
–
MMI_TXD2
–
–
–
PA3_GPIO3
SSI0FSS
–
MMI_TXD1
–
–
PA4_GPIO4
SSI0RX
–
MMI_TXD0
–
PA5_GPIO5
SSI0TX
–
–
PA6_GPIO6
I2C1SCL
–
PA7_GPIO7
–
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Analog
Mode
(USB Pins)
(1)
52
M3
Primary
Mode 8
M3
Primary
Mode 9
M3
Primary
Mode 10
M3
Primary
Mode 11
–
I2C1SCL
U1RX
–
–
–
I2C1SDA
U1TX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
CAN0RX
–
–
–
–
–
–
MMI_RXDV
–
CAN0TX
–
–
–
–
–
–
CCP1
MMI_RXCK
–
–
CAN0RX
–
USB0EPEN
U1CTS
–
–
I2C1SDA
CCP4
MMI_RXER
–
–
CAN0TX
CCP3
USB0PFLT
U1DCD
–
–
PB0_GPIO8
CCP0
–
–
–
U1RX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
PB1_GPIO9
CCP2
–
–
CCP1
U1TX
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
PB2_GPIO10
I2C0SCL
–
–
CCP3
CCP0
–
–
USB0EPEN
–
–
–
–
PB3_GPIO11
I2C0SDA
–
–
–
–
–
–
USB0PFLT
–
–
–
–
PB4_GPIO12
–
–
–
U2RX
CAN0RX
–
U1RX
EPI0S23
–
–
–
–
PB5_GPIO13
–
CCP5
CCP6
CCP0
CAN0TX
CCP2
U1TX
EPI0S22
–
–
–
–
PB6_GPIO14
CCP1
CCP7
–
–
–
CCP5
–
–
–
–
–
–
PB7_GPIO15
–
–
–
NMI
–
–
MII_RXD1
–
–
–
–
–
PD0_GPIO16
PWM0
CAN0RX
–
U2RX
U1RX
CCP6
MII_RXDV
–
U1CTS
–
–
–
PD1_GPIO17
PWM1
CAN0TX
–
U2TX
U1TX
CCP7
MII_TXER
–
U1DCD
CCP2
–
–
PD2_GPIO18
U1RX
CCP6
–
CCP5
–
–
–
EPI0S20
–
–
–
–
PD3_GPIO19
U1TX
CCP7
–
CCP0
–
–
–
EPI0S21
–
–
–
–
PD4_GPIO20
CCP0
CCP3
–
MII_TXD3
–
–
–
–
U1RI
EPI0S19
–
–
PD5_GPIO21
CCP2
CCP4
–
MII_TXD2
–
–
–
–
U2RX
EPI0S28
–
–
PD6_GPIO22
Fault0
–
–
MII_TXD1
–
–
–
–
U2TX
EPI0S29
–
–
PD7_GPIO23
IDX0
–
CCP1
MII_TXD0
–
–
–
–
U1DTR
EPI0S30
–
–
PE0_GPIO24
PWM4
SSI1CLK
CCP3
–
–
–
–
EPI0S8
USB0PFLT
–
–
–
PE1_GPIO25
PWM5
SSI1FSS
–
CCP2
CCP6
–
–
EPI0S9
–
–
–
–
PE2_GPIO26
CCP4
SSI1RX
–
–
CCP2
–
–
EPI0S24
–
–
–
–
PE3_GPIO27
CCP1
SSI1TX
–
–
CCP7
–
–
EPI0S25
–
–
–
–
PE4_GPIO28
CCP3
–
–
–
U2TX
CCP2
MII_RXD0
–
–
–
–
–
PE5_GPIO29
CCP5
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
PE6_GPIO30
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
U1CTS
–
–
–
PE7_GPIO31
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
U1DCD
–
–
Blank fields represent Reserved functions.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Analog
Mode
(USB Pins)
Device
Pin Name
M3
Primary
Mode 1
M3
Primary
Mode 2
M3
Primary
Mode 3
M3
Primary
Mode 4
M3
Primary
Mode 5
M3
Primary
Mode 6
M3
Primary
Mode 7
M3
Primary
Mode 8
M3
Primary
Mode 9
M3
Primary
Mode 10
M3
Primary
Mode 11
–
PF0_GPIO32
CAN1RX
–
–
MII_RXCK
–
–
–
–
–
PF1_GPIO33
CAN1TX
–
–
MII_RXER
–
–
–
–
U1DSR
–
–
U1RTS
CCP3
–
PF2_GPIO34
–
–
MII_PHYINTR
–
–
–
–
–
–
SSI1CLK
–
–
PF3_GPIO35
–
–
MII_MDC
–
–
–
–
–
–
SSI1FSS
–
–
PF4_GPIO36
CCP0
–
MII_MDIO
–
–
–
–
–
EPI0S12
SSI1RX
–
–
–
PF5_GPIO37
CCP2
–
MII_RXD3
–
–
–
–
EPI0S15
SSI1TX
–
–
USB0VBUS
PF6_GPIO38
CCP1
–
MII_RXD2
–
–
–
–
–
–
U1RTS
–
–
PF7_GPIO39
(no pin)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
PG0_GPIO40
U2RX
–
I2C1SCL
–
–
–
USB0EPEN
EPI0S13
–
–
–
–
PG1_GPIO41
U2TX
–
I2C1SDA
–
–
–
–
EPI0S14
–
–
–
USB0DM
PG2_GPIO42
–
–
MII_COL
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
PG3_GPIO43
–
–
MII_CRS
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
PG4_GPIO44
(no pin)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
USB0DP
PG5_GPIO45
CCP5
–
MII_TXEN
–
–
–
–
–
–
U1DTR
–
USB0ID
PG6_GPIO46
–
–
MII_TXCK
–
–
–
–
–
–
U1RI
–
–
PG7_GPIO47
–
–
MII_TXER
–
–
–
–
CCP5
EPI0S31
–
–
–
PH0_GPIO48
CCP6
–
MII_PHYRST
–
–
–
–
EPI0S6
–
–
–
–
PH1_GPIO49
CCP7
–
–
–
–
–
–
EPI0S7
–
–
–
–
PH2_GPIO50
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
EPI0S1
MII_TXD3
–
–
–
PH3_GPIO51
–
–
–
USB0EPEN
–
–
–
EPI0S0
MII_TXD2
–
–
–
PH4_GPIO52
–
–
–
USB0PFLT
–
–
–
EPI0S10
MII_TXD1
–
SSI1CLK
–
PH5_GPIO53
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
EPI0S11
MII_TXD0
–
SSI1FSS
–
PH6_GPIO54
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
EPI0S26
MII_RXDV
–
SSI1RX
–
PH7_GPIO55
–
–
MII_RXCK
–
–
–
–
EPI0S27
–
–
SSI1TX
–
PJ0_GPIO56
–
–
MII_RXER
–
–
–
–
EPI0S16
–
–
I2C1SCL
–
PJ1_GPIO57
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
EPI0S17
USB0PFLT
–
I2C1SDA
–
PJ2_GPIO58
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
EPI0S18
CCP0
–
–
–
PJ3_GPIO59
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
EPI0S19
U1CTS
CCP6
–
–
PJ4_GPIO60
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
EPI0S28
U1DCD
CCP4
–
–
PJ5_GPIO61
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
EPI0S29
U1DSR
CCP2
–
–
PJ6_GPIO62
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
EPI0S30
U1RTS
CCP1
–
–
PJ7_GPIO63/
XCLKIN
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
U1DTR
CCP0
–
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Table 2-21. GPIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (M3 Primary Modes)(1) (continued)
53
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-21. GPIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (M3 Primary Modes)(1) (continued)
Device
Pin Name
M3
Primary
Mode 1
M3
Primary
Mode 2
M3
Primary
Mode 3
M3
Primary
Mode 4
M3
Primary
Mode 5
M3
Primary
Mode 6
M3
Primary
Mode 7
M3
Primary
Mode 8
M3
Primary
Mode 9
M3
Primary
Mode 10
M3
Primary
Mode 11
–
PC0_GPIO64
(no pin)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
PC1_GPIO65
(no pin)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
PC2_GPIO66
(no pin)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
PC3_GPIO67
(no pin)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
PC4_GPIO68
CCP5
–
MII_TXD3
–
CCP2
CCP4
–
EPI0S2
CCP1
–
–
–
PC5_GPIO69
CCP1
–
–
–
CCP3
USB0EPEN
–
EPI0S3
–
–
–
–
PC6_GPIO70
CCP3
–
–
–
U1RX
CCP0
USB0PFLT
EPI0S4
–
–
–
–
PC7_GPIO71
CCP4
–
–
CCP0
U1TX
USB0PFLT
–
EPI0S5
–
–
–
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Analog
Mode
(USB Pins)
54
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
(1)
Analog Mode
(USB Pins)
Device Pin Name
M3
Alternate
Mode 12
M3
Alternate
Mode 13
M3
Alternate
Mode 14
M3
Alternate
Mode 15
–
PA0_GPIO0
–
–
–
–
–
PA1_GPIO1
–
–
–
SSI1FSS
–
PA2_GPIO2
–
–
U1CTS
–
–
PA3_GPIO3
–
–
U1DCD
SSI1CLK
–
PA4_GPIO4
–
–
U1DSR
–
–
PA5_GPIO5
–
–
U1RTS
–
–
PA6_GPIO6
–
–
U1DTR
–
–
PA7_GPIO7
MII_RXD1
–
U1RI
–
–
PB0_GPIO8
–
SSI2TX
CAN1TX
U4TX
–
PB1_GPIO9
–
SSI2RX
–
–
–
PB2_GPIO10
–
SSI2CLK
CAN1RX
U4RX
–
PB3_GPIO11
–
SSI2FSS
U1RX
–
–
PB4_GPIO12
–
–
CAN1TX
SSI1TX
–
PB5_GPIO13
–
–
CAN1RX
SSI1RX
–
PB6_GPIO14
MII_CRS
I2C0SDA
U1TX
SSI1CLK
–
PB7_GPIO15
–
I2C0SCL
U1RX
SSI1FSS
–
PD0_GPIO16
MII_RXD2
SSI0TX
CAN1TX
USB0EPEN
–
PD1_GPIO17
MII_COL
SSI0RX
CAN1RX
USB0PFLT
–
PD2_GPIO18
–
SSI0CLK
U1TX
CAN0RX
–
PD3_GPIO19
–
SSI0FSS
U1RX
CAN0TX
–
PD4_GPIO20
–
–
U3TX
CAN1TX
–
PD5_GPIO21
–
–
U3RX
CAN1RX
–
PD6_GPIO22
–
–
I2C1SDA
U1TX
–
PD7_GPIO23
–
–
I2C1SCL
U1RX
–
PE0_GPIO24
–
SSI3TX
CAN0RX
SSI1TX
–
PE1_GPIO25
–
SSI3RX
CAN0TX
SSI1RX
–
PE2_GPIO26
–
SSI3CLK
U2RX
SSI1CLK
–
PE3_GPIO27
–
SSI3FSS
U2TX
SSI1FSS
–
PE4_GPIO28
–
U0RX
–
USB0EPEN
–
PE5_GPIO29
MII_TXER
U0TX
–
USB0PFLT
–
PE6_GPIO30
MII_MDIO
CAN0RX
–
–
–
PE7_GPIO31
MII_RXD3
CAN0TX
–
–
–
PF0_GPIO32
–
I2C0SDA
–
–
–
PF1_GPIO33
–
I2C0SCL
–
–
–
PF2_GPIO34
–
–
–
XCLKOUT
–
PF3_GPIO35
–
U0TX
–
–
–
PF4_GPIO36
–
U0RX
–
–
–
PF5_GPIO37
–
–
–
–
USB0VBUS
PF6_GPIO38
–
–
–
–
–
PF7_GPIO39
(no pin)
–
–
–
–
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Table 2-22. GPIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (M3 Alternate Modes) (1)
Blank fields represent Reserved functions.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
55
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-22. GPIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (M3 Alternate Modes)(1) (continued)
PRODUCT PREVIEW
56
Analog Mode
(USB Pins)
Device Pin Name
M3
Alternate
Mode 12
M3
Alternate
Mode 13
M3
Alternate
Mode 14
M3
Alternate
Mode 15
–
PG0_GPIO40
MII_RXD2
U4RX
–
–
–
PG1_GPIO41
MII_RXD1
U4TX
–
–
USB0DM
PG2_GPIO42
–
–
–
–
–
PG3_GPIO43
MII_RXDV
–
–
–
–
PG4_GPIO44
(no pin)
–
–
–
–
USB0DP
PG5_GPIO45
–
–
–
–
USB0ID
PG6_GPIO46
–
–
–
–
–
PG7_GPIO47
–
–
–
–
–
PH0_GPIO48
–
SSI3TX
–
–
–
PH1_GPIO49
MII_RXD0
SSI3RX
–
–
–
PH2_GPIO50
–
SSI3CLK
–
–
–
PH3_GPIO51
–
SSI3FSS
–
–
–
PH4_GPIO52
–
U3TX
–
–
–
PH5_GPIO53
–
U3RX
–
–
–
PH6_GPIO54
MII_TXEN
SSI0TX
–
–
–
PH7_GPIO55
MII_TXCK
SSI0RX
–
–
–
PJ0_GPIO56
–
SSI0CLK
–
–
–
PJ1_GPIO57
MII_RXDV
SSI0FSS
–
–
–
PJ2_GPIO58
MII_RXCK
SSI0CLK
U0TX
–
–
PJ3_GPIO59
MII_MDC
SSI0FSS
U0RX
–
–
PJ4_GPIO60
MII_COL
SSI1CLK
–
–
–
PJ5_GPIO61
MII_CRS
SSI1FSS
–
–
–
PJ6_GPIO62
MII_PHYINTR
U2RX
–
–
–
PJ7_GPIO63/
XCLKIN
MII_PHYRST
U2TX
–
–
–
PC0_GPIO64
(no pin)
–
–
–
–
–
PC1_GPIO65
(no pin)
–
–
–
–
–
PC2_GPIO66
(no pin)
–
–
–
–
–
PC3_GPIO67
(no pin)
–
–
–
–
–
PC4_GPIO68
–
–
–
–
–
PC5_GPIO69
–
–
–
–
–
PC6_GPIO70
–
–
–
–
–
PC7_GPIO71
–
–
–
–
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
(1)
Analog Mode
(USB Pins)
Devices Pin Name
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 0
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 1
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 2
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 3
–
PA0_GPIO0
GPIO0
EPWM1A
–
–
–
PA1_GPIO1
GPIO1
EPWM1B
ECAP6
–
–
PA2_GPIO2
GPIO2
EPWM2A
–
–
–
PA3_GPIO3
GPIO3
EPWM2B
ECAP5
–
–
PA4_GPIO4
GPIO4
EPWM3A
–
–
–
PA5_GPIO5
GPIO5
EPWM3B
MFSRAO
ECAP1
–
PA6_GPIO6
GPIO6
EPWM4A
–
EPWMSYNCO
–
PA7_GPIO7
GPIO7
EPWM4B
MCLKRAO
ECAP2
–
PB0_GPIO8
GPIO8
EPWM5A
–
ADCSOCAO
–
PB1_GPIO9
GPIO9
EPWM5B
–
ECAP3
–
PB2_GPIO10
GPIO10
EPWM6A
–
ADCSOCBO
–
PB3_GPIO11
GPIO11
EPWM6B
–
ECAP4
–
PB4_GPIO12
GPIO12
EPWM7A
–
–
–
PB5_GPIO13
GPIO13
EPWM7B
–
–
–
PB6_GPIO14
GPIO14
EPWM8A
–
–
–
PB7_GPIO15
GPIO15
EPWM8B
–
–
–
PD0_GPIO16
GPIO16
SPISIMOAO
–
–
–
PD1_GPIO17
GPIO17
SPISOMIAO
–
–
–
PD2_GPIO18
GPIO18
SPICLKAO
–
–
–
PD3_GPIO19
GPIO19
SPISTEAO
–
–
–
PD4_GPIO20
GPIO20
EQEP1A
MDXA
–
–
PD5_GPIO21
GPIO21
EQEP1B
MDRA
–
–
PD6_GPIO22
GPIO22
EQEP1SO
MCLKXAO
–
–
PD7_GPIO23
GPIO23
EQEP1IO
MFSXAO
–
–
PE0_GPIO24
GPIO24
ECAP1
EQEP2A
–
–
PE1_GPIO25
GPIO25
ECAP2
EQEP2B
–
–
PE2_GPIO26
GPIO26
ECAP3
EQEP2IO
–
–
PE3_GPIO27
GPIO27
ECAP4
EQEP2SO
–
–
PE4_GPIO28
GPIO28
SCIRXDA
–
–
–
PE5_GPIO29
GPIO29
SCITXDA
–
–
–
PE6_GPIO30
GPIO30
–
–
EPWM9A
–
PE7_GPIO31
GPIO31
–
–
EPWM9B
–
PF0_GPIO32
GPIO32
SDAAOC
SCIRXDA
ADCSOCAO
–
PF1_GPIO33
GPIO33
SCLAOC
EPWMSYNCO
ADCSOCBO
–
PF2_GPIO34
GPIO34
ECAP1
SCIRXDA
XCLKOUT
–
PF3_GPIO35
GPIO35
SCITXDA
–
–
–
PF4_GPIO36
GPIO36
SCIRXDA
–
–
–
PF5_GPIO37
GPIO37
ECAP2
–
–
USB0VBUS
PF6_GPIO38
GPIO38
–
–
–
–
PF7_GPIO39
(no pin)
GPIO39
–
–
–
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Table 2-23. GPIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (C28x Peripheral Modes) (1)
Blank fields represent Reserved functions.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
57
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 2-23. GPIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (C28x Peripheral Modes)(1) (continued)
PRODUCT PREVIEW
58
Analog Mode
(USB Pins)
Devices Pin Name
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 0
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 1
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 2
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 3
–
PG0_GPIO40
GPIO40
–
–
–
–
PG1_GPIO41
GPIO41
–
–
–
USB0DM
PG2_GPIO42
GPIO42
–
–
–
–
PG3_GPIO43
GPIO43
–
–
–
–
PG4_GPIO44
(no pin)
GPIO44
–
–
–
USB0DP
PG5_GPIO45
GPIO45
–
–
–
USB0ID
PG6_GPIO46
GPIO46
–
–
–
–
PG7_GPIO47
GPIO47
–
–
–
–
PH0_GPIO48
GPIO48
ECAP5
–
–
–
PH1_GPIO49
GPIO49
ECAP6
–
–
–
PH2_GPIO50
GPIO50
EQEP1A
–
–
–
PH3_GPIO51
GPIO51
EQEP1B
–
–
–
PH4_GPIO52
GPIO52
EQEP1SO
–
–
–
PH5_GPIO53
GPIO53
EQEP1IO
–
–
–
PH6_GPIO54
GPIO54
SPISIMOAO
–
EQEP3A
–
PH7_GPIO55
GPIO55
SPISOMIAO
–
EQEP3B
–
PJ0_GPIO56
GPIO56
SPICLKAO
–
EQEP3SO
–
PJ1_GPIO57
GPIO57
SPISTEAO
–
EQEP3IO
–
PJ2_GPIO58
GPIO58
MCLKRAO
–
EPWM7A
–
PJ3_GPIO59
GPIO59
MFSRAO
–
EPWM7B
–
PJ4_GPIO60
GPIO60
–
–
EPWM8A
–
PJ5_GPIO61
GPIO61
–
–
EPWM8B
–
PJ6_GPIO62
GPIO62
–
–
EPWM9A
–
PJ7_GPIO63/
XCLKIN
GPIO63/XCLKIN
–
–
EPWM9B
–
PC0_GPIO64
(no pin)
GPIO64
–
–
–
–
PC1_GPIO65
(no pin)
GPIO65
–
–
–
–
PC2_GPIO66
(no pin)
GPIO66
–
–
–
–
PC3_GPIO67
(no pin)
GPIO67
–
–
–
–
PC4_GPIO68
GPIO68
–
–
–
–
PC5_GPIO69
GPIO69
–
–
–
–
PC6_GPIO70
GPIO70
–
–
–
–
PC7_GPIO71
GPIO71
–
–
–
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.13.2 GPIO_MUX2
The eight pins of the GPIO_MUX2 block can be selectively mapped to eight General-Purpose Inputs, eight
General-Purpose Outputs, or six COMPOUT outputs from the Analog Comparator peripheral. Each
GPIO_MUX2 pin can have a pullup enabled or disabled. On reset, all pins of the GPIO_MUX2 block are
configured as analog inputs, and the GPIO function is disabled. The GPIO_MUX2 block is programmed
through a separate set of registers from those used to program GPIO_MUX1.
Peripheral Modes 0, 1, 2, and 3 are chosen by setting selected bit pairs of GPIOEMUX1 register to “00”,
“01”, “10”, and “11”, respectively. For example, setting bits 5–4 of the GPIOEMUX1 register to “00”
(Peripheral Mode 0) assigns pin GPIO130 to internal signal GPIO130 (digital GPIO). Setting bits 5–4 of
the GPIOEMUX1 register to “11” (Peripheral Mode 3) assigns pin GPIO130 to internal signal COMP6OUT
coming from Analog Comparator 6. Peripheral Modes 1 and 2 are reserved and are not currently
available.
Table 2-24. GPIO_MUX2 Pin Assignments (C28x Peripheral Modes) (1)
(1)
Device Pin Name
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 0
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 1
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 2
C28x
Peripheral
Mode 3
GPIO128
GPIO128
–
–
–
GPIO129
GPIO129
–
–
COMP1OUT
GPIO130
GPIO130
–
–
COMP6OUT
GPIO131
GPIO131
–
–
COMP2OUT
GPIO132
GPIO132
–
–
COMP3OUT
GPIO133
GPIO133
–
–
COMP4OUT
GPIO134
GPIO134
–
–
–
GPIO135
GPIO135
–
–
COMP5OUT
Blank fields represent Reserved functions.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
59
PRODUCT PREVIEW
The multiple registers responsible for configuring the GPIO_MUX2 pins are organized in register set E.
They are accessible by the C28x CPU only. The middle portion of Figure 2-11 shows set E of Control
Subsystem registers, plus muxing logic for the associated eight GPIO pins. The GPEMUX1 register
selects one of six possible digital output signals from analog comparators, or one of eight general-purpose
GPIO digital outputs. The GPEPUD register disables pullups for the GPIO_MUX2 pins when a
corresponding bit of that register is set to “1”. Other registers of set E allow reading and writing of the eight
GPIO bits, as well as setting the direction for each of the bits (read or write). See Table 2-24 for the
mapping of comparator outputs and GPIO to the eight pins of GPIO_MUX2.
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
ADC1INA0
ADC1INA1
ADC1INA3
ADC1INA4
ADC1INA6
ADC1INA7
ONE OF 10
AIO_MUX1
PINS
ADC1INB0
ADC1INB3
ADC1INB4
ADC1INB7
ADC
1
AIO_MUX1
AIOMUX1 REG
AIO2
AIO4
AIO6
AIO12
AIODIR REG
AIOSET REG
AIOCLEAR REG
AIOTOGGLE REG
AIODIR REG
AIODAT REG
PRODUCT PREVIEW
COMPOUT1
COMPOUT2
COMPOUT3
COMPOUT4
COMPOUT5
COMPOUT6
DISABLED
AT RESET
ARS
DIS
GPIOPUR
GPEPUD REG
REG
‘1’
PULL UP
GPEMUX1 REG
GPEDIR REG
ONE OF 8
GPIO_MUX2
PINS
COMPB2
COMPA1
COMPA2
COMPA3
COMPB5
COMPA4
COMPA5
COMPA6
6
COMPARATOR
+ DAC UNITS
GPIO128
GPIO129
GPIO130
GPIO131
GPIO132
GPIO133
GPIO134
GPIO135
GPIO_MUX2
C28
CPU
BUS
ANALOG BUS
C28x
CPU
GPESET REG
GPECLEAR REG
GPETOGGLE REG
GPEDIR REG
GPEDAT REG
ANALOG
COMMON
INTERFACE
BUS
ADC2INA0
ADC2INA1
ADC2INA3
ADC2INA4
ADC2INA6
ADC2INA7
ADC2INB0
ADC2INB3
ADC2INB4
ADC2INB7
ONE OF 10
AIO_MUX2
PINS
ADC
2
AIO_MUX2
AIOMUX2 REG
AIODIR REG
AIO18
AIO20
AIO22
AIO28
AIOSET REG
AIOCLEAR REG
AIOTOGGLE REG
AIODIR REG
AIODAT REG
Figure 2-11. Pin Muxing on AIO_MUX1, AIO_MUX2, and GPIO_MUX2
60
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.13.3 AIO_MUX1
The ten pins of AIO_MUX1 can be selectively mapped through a dedicated set of registers to ten analog
inputs for ADC1 peripheral, six analog inputs for Comparator peripherals, four General-Purpose Inputs, or
four General-Purpose Outputs. Note that while AIO_MUX1 has been named after the analog signals
passing through it, the GPIOs (here called AIOs) are still digital, although with fewer features than those in
the GPIO_MUX1 and GPIO_MUX2 blocks—for example, they do not offer pullups. On reset, all pins of the
AIO_MUX1 block are configured as analog inputs and the GPIO function is disabled. The AIO_MUX1
block is programmed through a separate set of registers from those used to program AIO_MUX2.
AIO Mode 0 is chosen by setting selected odd bits of the AIOMUX1 register to ‘0’. AIO Mode 1 is chosen
by setting selected odd bits of the AIOMUX1 register to ‘1’. For example, setting bit 5 of the AIOMUX1
register to ‘0’ assigns pin ADC1INA2 to internal signal AIO2 (digital GPIO). Setting bit 5 of the AIOMUX1
register to ‘1’ assigns pin ADC1INA2 to analog inputs ADC1INA2 or COMPA1 (only one should be
enabled at a time in the respective analog module). Currently, all even bits of the AIOMUX1 register are
“don’t cares”.
Table 2-25. AIO_MUX1 Pin Assignments (C28x AIO Modes) (1) (2)
Device Pin Name
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
C28x AIO Mode 0 (3)
C28x AIO Mode 1 (4)
ADC1INA0
–
ADC1INA0
ADC1INA2
AIO2
ADC1INA2, COMPA1
ADC1INA3
–
ADC1INA3
ADC1INA4
AIO4
ADC1INA4, COMPA2
ADC1INA6
AIO6
ADC1INA6, COMPA3
ADC1INA7
–
ADC1INA7
ADC1INB0
–
ADC1INB0
ADC1INB3
–
ADC1INB3
ADC1INB4
AIO12
ADC1INB4, COMPB2
ADC1INB7
–
ADC1INB7
Blank fields represent Reserved functions.
For each field with two pins (e.g., ADC1INA2, COMPA1), only one pin should be enabled at a time; the other pin should be disabled.
Use registers inside the respective destination analog peripherals to enable or disable these inputs.
AIO Mode 0 represents digital general-purpose inputs or outputs.
AIO Mode 1 represents analog inputs for ADC1 or the Comparator module.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
61
PRODUCT PREVIEW
The multiple registers responsible for configuring the AIO_MUX1 pins are accessible by the C28x CPU
only. The top portion of Figure 2-11 shows Control Subsystem registers and muxing logic for the
associated ten AIO pins. The AIOMUX1 register selects one of ten possible analog input signals or one of
four general-purpose AIO inputs. Other registers allow reading and writing of the four AIO bits, as well as
setting the direction for each of the bits (read or write). See Table 2-25 for the mapping of analog inputs
and AIOs to the ten pins of AIO_MUX1.
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
2.13.4 AIO_MUX2
The ten pins of AIO_MUX2 can be selectively mapped through a dedicated set of registers to ten analog
inputs for ADC2 peripheral, six analog inputs for Comparator peripherals, four General-Purpose Inputs, or
four General-Purpose Outputs. Note that while AIO_MUX2 has been named after the analog signals
passing through it, the GPIOs (here called AIOs) are still digital, although with fewer features than those in
the GPIO_MUX1 and GPIO_MUX2 blocks—for example, they do not offer pullups. On reset, all pins of the
AIO_MUX2 block are configured as analog inputs and the GPIO function is disabled. The AIO_MUX2
block is programmed through a separate set of registers from those used to program AIO_MUX1.
The multiple registers responsible for configuring the AIO_MUX2 pins are accessible by the C28x CPU
only. The bottom portion of Figure 2-11 shows Control Subsystem registers and muxing logic for the
associated ten AIO pins. The AIOMUX2 register selects one of ten possible analog input signals or one of
four general-purpose AIO inputs. Other registers allow reading and writing of the four AIO bits, as well as
setting the direction for each of the bits (read or write). See Table 2-26 for the mapping of analog inputs
and AIOs to the ten pins of AIO_MUX2. Peripheral Modes 1 and 2 are currently not available.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
AIO Mode 0 is chosen by setting selected odd bits of the AIOMUX2 register to ‘0’. AIO Mode 1 is chosen
by setting selected odd bits of the AIOMUX2 register to ‘1’. For example, setting bit 9 of the AIOMUX2
register to ‘0’ assigns pin ADC2INA4 to internal signal AIO20 (digital GPIO). Setting bit 9 of the AIOMUX2
register to ‘1’ assigns pin ADC2INA4 to analog inputs ADC2INA4 or COMPA5 (only one should be
enabled at a time in the respective analog module). Currently, all even bits of the AIOMUX2 register are
“don’t cares”.
Table 2-26. AIO_MUX2 Pin Assignments (C28x AIO Modes) (1) (2)
Device Pin Name
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
62
C28x AIO Mode 0 (3)
C28x AIO Mode 1 (4)
ADC2INA0
–
ADC2INA0
ADC2INA2
AIO18
ADC2INA2, COMPA4
ADC2INA3
–
ADC2INA3
ADC2INA4
AIO20
ADC2INA4, COMPA5
ADC2INA6
AIO22
ADC2INA6, COMPA6
ADC2INA7
–
ADC2INA7
ADC2INB0
–
ADC2INB0
ADC2INB3
–
ADC2INB3
ADC2INB4
AIO28
ADC2INB4, COMPB5
ADC2INB7
–
ADC2INB7
Blank fields represent Reserved functions.
For each field with two pins (e.g., ADC2INA6, COMPA6), only one pin should be enabled at a time; the other pin should be disabled.
Use registers inside the respective destination analog peripherals to enable or disable these inputs.
AIO Mode 0 represents digital general-purpose inputs or outputs.
AIO Mode 1 represents analog inputs for ADC2 or the Comparator module.
Device Overview
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
3 Device Pins
3.1
Pin Assignments
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
PG5_GPIO45
PG2_GPIO42
PG6_GPIO46
PF6_GPIO38
PD7_GPIO23
VDDIO
VDD12
PD4_GPIO20
PD5_GPIO21
PJ0_GPIO56
PJ1_GPIO57
PJ2_GPIO58
PJ3_GPIO59
VDDIO
VDD12
PJ4_GPIO60
PJ5_GPIO61
VDD12
VDDIO
PJ6_GPIO62
PG7_GPIO47
PF5_GPIO37
PG1_GPIO41
PG0_GPIO40
PF4_GPIO36
PH5_GPIO53
PH4_GPIO52
PE1_GPIO25
VDDIO
PE0_GPIO24
PH1_GPIO49
PH0_GPIO48
PC7_GPIO71
PC6_GPIO70
PC5_GPIO69
PC4_GPIO68
VDD18
VDDIO
VDDIO
XRS
PA0_GPIO0
PA1_GPIO1
PA2_GPIO2
PA3_GPIO3
PA4_GPIO4
VDDIO
VDD12
PA5_GPIO5
PA6_GPIO6
PA7_GPIO7
PB0_GPIO8
FLT1
VDDIO
PB1_GPIO9
PB2_GPIO10
PB3_GPIO11
FLT2
PE6_GPIO30
PE7_GPIO31
VDD12
VDDIO
PB6_GPIO14
PB7_GPIO15
PD2_GPIO18
PD3_GPIO19
PB4_GPIO12
PB5_GPIO13
PE2_GPIO26
PE3_GPIO27
VDDIO
PH3_GPIO51
PH2_GPIO50
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
GPIO135/COMP5OUT
GPIO134
GPIO133/COMP4OUT
GPIO132/COMP3OUT
VREG18EN
ADC1INB7
ADC1INB4
ADC1INB3
ADC1INB0
ADC1VREFLO, VSSA1
VDDA1
ADC1VREFHI
ADC1INA0
ADC1INA2
ADC1INA3
ADC1INA4
ADC1INA6
ADC1INA7
ADC2INA7
ADC2INA6
ADC2INA4
ADC2INA3
ADC2INA2
ADC2INA0
ADC2VREFHI
VDDA2
ADC2VREFLO, VSSA2
ADC2INB0
ADC2INB3
ADC2INB4
ADC2INB7
GPIO128
GPIO129/COMP1OUT
GPIO130/COMP6OUT
GPIO131/COMP2OUT
ARS
A.
See Table 3-1, Terminal Functions, for the complete multiplexed signal names.
Figure 3-1. 144-Pin RFP PowerPAD™ HTQFP (Top View)
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
63
PRODUCT PREVIEW
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
VDD18
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
PF0_GPIO32
PF1_GPIO33
PD0_GPIO16
VREG12EN
VDDIO
VDD12
PD1_GPIO17
PJ7_GPIO63
VDDIO
X2
VSSOSC
X1
VDDIO
VDD12
VDD12
TCK
TDI
TMS
EMU1
TRST
TDO
EMU0
PF2_GPIO34
PF3_GPIO35
PH7_GPIO55
PH6_GPIO54
PG3_GPIO43
PE4_GPIO28
PE5_GPIO29
VDD12
VDDIO
PD6_GPIO22
Figure 3-1 shows the 144-pin RFP PowerPAD™ Thermally Enhanced Thin Quad Flatpack (HTQFP) pin
assignments.
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
3.2
www.ti.com
Terminal Functions
Table 3-1 describes the signals.
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions (1)
TERMINAL
NAME
RFP
PIN #
I/O/Z (2)
DESCRIPTION
ADC 1 Inputs, Analog Comparator Inputs, AIO Group 1
ADC1VREFHI
120
I
ADC1 External High Reference – only used when in ADC external reference
mode.
ADC1VREFLO,
VSSA1
118
I
ADC1 External Low Reference – only used when in ADC external reference
mode, ADC1 Ground.
ADC1INA0
121
I
ADC1 Group A, Channel 0 input
ADC1INA2
122
I
ADC1 Group A, Channel 2 input
I
Comparator Input A1
COMPA1
AIO2
I/O
Digital AIO2
ADC1INA3
123
I
ADC1 Group A, Channel 3 input
ADC1INA4
124
I
ADC1 Group A, Channel 4 input
I
Comparator Input A2
COMPA2
PRODUCT PREVIEW
AIO4
I/O
ADC1INA6
125
COMPA3
AIO6
Digital AIO4
I
ADC1 Group A, Channel 6 input
I
Comparator Input A3
I/O
Digital AIO6
ADC1INA7
126
I
ADC1 Group A, Channel 7 input
ADC1INB0
117
I
ADC1 Group B, Channel 0 input
ADC1INB3
116
I
ADC1 Group B, Channel 3 input
ADC1INB4
115
I
ADC1 Group B, Channel 4 input
I
Comparator Input B2
COMPB2
AIO12
I/O
ADC1INB7
114
I
Digital AIO12
ADC1 Group B, Channel 7 input
ADC 2 Inputs, Analog Comparator Inputs, AIO Group 2
ADC2VREFHI
133
I
ADC2 External High Reference – only used when in ADC external reference
mode.
ADC2VREFLO,
VSSA2
135
I
ADC2 External Low Reference – only used when in ADC external reference
mode, ADC2 Ground.
ADC2INA0
132
I
ADC2 Group A, Channel 0 input
ADC2INA2
131
I
ADC2 Group A, Channel 2 input
I
Comparator Input A4
COMPA4
AIO18
I/O
Digital AIO18
ADC2INA3
130
I
ADC2 Group A, Channel 3 input
ADC2INA6
128
I
ADC2 Group A, Channel 6 input
I
Comparator Input A6
COMPA6
AIO22
I/O
ADC2INA4
COMPA5
AIO20
(1)
(2)
64
129
Digital AIO22
I
ADC2 Group A, Channel 4 input
I
Comparator Input A5
I/O
Digital AIO20
Throughout this table, Master Subsystem signals are denoted by the color "blue"; Control Subsystem signals are denoted by the color
"green"; and Analog Subsystem signals are denoted by the color "orange".
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High Impedance, OD = Open Drain, ↑ = Pullup, ↓ = Pulldown
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
RFP
PIN #
I/O/Z (2)
ADC2INA7
127
I
ADC2 Group A, Channel 7 input
ADC2INB0
136
I
ADC2 Group B, Channel 0 input
ADC2INB3
137
I
ADC2 Group B, Channel 3 input
ADC2INB4
138
I
ADC2 Group B, Channel 4 input
I
Comparator Input B5
NAME
COMPB5
AIO28
ADC2INB7
I/O
139
DESCRIPTION
Digital AIO28
I
ADC2 Group B, Channel 7 input
GPIO128
140
I/O
General-purpose input/output 128
GPIO129
141
I/O
General-purpose input/output 129
O
Compare result from Analog Comparator 1
142
I/O
General-purpose input/output 130
O
Compare result from Analog Comparator 6
143
I/O
General-purpose input/output 131
O
Compare result from Analog Comparator 2
I/O
General-purpose input/output 132
O
Compare result from Analog Comparator 3
I/O
General-purpose input/output 133
O
Compare result from Analog Comparator 4
COMP1OUT
GPIO130
COMP6OUT
GPIO131
COMP2OUT
GPIO132
112
COMP3OUT
GPIO133
111
COMP4OUT
GPIO134
110
I/O
General-purpose input/output 134
GPIO135
109
I/O
General-purpose input/output 135
O
Compare result from Analog Comparator 5
COMP5OUT
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Analog Comparator Results (Digital) and GPIO Group 2 (C28x Access Only)
GPIO Group 1 and Peripheral Signals
PA0_GPIO0
5
M_U0RX
I/O/Z
I
M_I2C1SCL
General-purpose input/output 0
UART-0 receive data
I/OD
I2C-1 clock open-drain bidirectional port
M_U1RX
I
UART-1 receive data
C_EPWM1A
O
Enhanced PWM-1 output A
PA1_GPIO1
6
M_U0TX
I/O/Z
O
M_I2C1SDA
General-purpose input/output 1
UART-0 transmit data
I/OD
I2C-1 data open-drain bidirectional port
M_U1TX
O
UART-1 data transmit
M_SSI1FSS
I/O
SSI-1 frame
C_EPWM1B
O
Enhanced PWM-1 output B
C_ECAP6
I/O
Enhanced Capture-6 input/output
PA2_GPIO2
7
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 2
M_SSI0CLK
I/O
SSI-0 clock
M_MIITXD2
O
EMAC MII transmit data bit 2
M_U1CTS
I
UART-1 clear-to-send modem status
C_EPWM2A
O
Enhanced PWM-2 output A
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
65
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
NAME
PA3_GPIO3
RFP
PIN #
I/O/Z (2)
8
I/O/Z
DESCRIPTION
General-purpose input/output 3
M_SSI0FSS
I/O
SSI-0 frame
M_MIITXD1
O
EMAC MII transmit data bit 1
M_U1DCD
I
UART-1 data carrier detect
M_SSI1CLK
I/O
SSI-1 clock
C_EPWM2B
O
Enhanced PWM-2 output B
C_ECAP5
I/O
Enhanced Capture-5 input/output
PA4_GPIO4
9
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 4
M_SSI0RX
I/O
SSI-0 clock
M_MIITXD0
O
EMAC MII transmit data bit 0
M_CAN0RX
I
CAN-0 receive data
M_U1DSR
I
UART-1 data set ready
O
Enhanced PWM-3 output A
C_EPWM3A
PA5_GPIO5
12
PRODUCT PREVIEW
M_SSI0TX
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 5
O
SSI-0 transmit data
M_MIIRXDV
I
EMAC MII receive data valid
M_CAN0TX
O
CAN-0 transmit data
M_U1RTS
O
UART-1 request-to-send
C_EPWM3B
O
Enhanced PWM-3 output B
C_MFSRA
I
McBSP-A receive frame sync
C_ECAP1
I/O
PA6_GPIO6
13
M_I2C1SCL
M_CCP1
Enhanced Capture-1 input/output
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 6
I/OD
I2C-1 clock open-drain bidirectional port
I/O
M_MIIRXCK
Capture/Compare/PWM-1 (General-purpose Timer)
I
EMAC MII receive clock
M_CAN0RX
I
CAN-0 receive data
M_USB0EPEN
O
USB-0 external power enable (optionally used in host mode
M_U1CTS
I
UART-1 clear-to-send modem status
M_U1DTR
O
UART-1 data terminal ready
C_EPWM4A
O
Enhanced PWM-4 output A
C_EPWMSYNCO
O
Enhanced PWM-4 external sync pulse
PA7_GPIO7
M_I2C1SDA
M_CCP4
M_MIIRXER
14
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 7
I/OD
I2C-1 data open-drain bidirectional port
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-4 (General-purpose Timer)
I
EMAC MII receive error
M_CAN0TX
O
CAN-0 transmit data
M_CCP3
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-3 (General-purpose Timer)
M_USB0PFLT
I
USB-0 external power error state (optionally used in the host mode)
M_U1DCD
I
UART-1 data carrier detect
M_MII_RXD1
I
EMAC MII receive data 1
M_U1RI
I
UART-1 ring indicator status
C_EPWM4B
O
Enhanced PWM-4 output B
I
McBSP-A receive clock
C_MCLKRA
C_ECAP2
66
I/O
Enhanced Capture-1 input/output
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
PB0_GPIO8
RFP
PIN #
I/O/Z (2)
15
I/O/Z
M_CCP0
I/O
DESCRIPTION
General-purpose input/output 8
Capture/Compare/PWM-0 (General-purpose Timer)
M_U1RX
I
UART-1 data receive data
M_SSI2TX
O
SSI-2 transmit data
M_CAN1TX
O
CAN-1 transmit data
M_U4TX
O
UART-4 transmit data
C_EPWM5A
O
Enhanced PWM-5 output A
C_ADCSOCAO
O
ADC start-of-conversion A
PB1_GPIO9
18
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 9
M_CCP2
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-2 (General-purpose Timer)
M_CCP1
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-1 (General-purpose Timer)
M_U1TX
O
UART-1 transmit data
M_SSI2RX
I
SSI-2 receive data
C_EPWM5B
O
Enhanced PWM-5 output B
C_ECAP3
I/O
Enhanced Capture-3 input/output
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 10
I/OD
I2C-0 clock open-drain bidirectional port
PB2_GPIO10
19
M_I2C0SCL
M_CCP3
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-3 (General-purpose Timer)
M_CCP0
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-0 (General-purpose Timer)
M_USB0EPEN
O
USB-0 external power enable (optionally used in the host mode)
M_SSI2CLK
I/O
SSI-2 clock
M_CAN1RX
I
CAN-1 receive data
M_U4RX
I
UART-4 receive data
C_EPWM6A
O
Enhanced PWM-6 output A
C_ADCSOCBO
O
ADC start-of-conversion B
PB3_GPIO11
20
M_I2C0SDA
M_USB0PFLT
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 11
I/OD
I2C-0 data open-drain bidirectional port
I
M_SSI2FSS
USB-0 external power error state (optionally used in the host mode)
I/O
SSI-2 frame
M_U1RX
I
UART-1 receive data
C_EPWM6B
O
Enhanced PWM-6 output B
C_ECAP4
I/O
Enhanced Capture-4 input/output
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 12
PB4_GPIO12
30
M_U2RX
I
UART-2 receive data
M_CAN0RX
I
CAN-0 receive data
I
UART-1 receive data
M_U1RX
PRODUCT PREVIEW
NAME
M_EPIOS23
I/O
EPI-0 signal 23
M_CAN1TX
O
CAN-1 transmit data
M_SSI1TX
O
SSI-1 transmit data
C_EPWM7A
O
Enhanced PWM-7 output A
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
67
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
NAME
PB5_GPIO13
RFP
PIN #
I/O/Z (2)
31
I/O/Z
DESCRIPTION
General-purpose input/output 13
M_CCP5
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-5 (General-purpose Timer)
M_CCP6
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-6 (General-purpose Timer)
M_CCP0
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-0 (General-purpose Timer)
M_CAN0TX
O
CAN-0 transmit data
M_CCP2
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-2 (General-purpose Timer)
M_U1TX
O
UART-1 transmit data
M_EPI0S22
I/O
EPI-0 signal 22
M_CAN1RX
I
CAN-1 receive data
M_SSI1RX
I
SSI-1 receive data
C_EPWM7B
O
Enhanced PWM-7 output B
PB6_GPIO14
26
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 14
PRODUCT PREVIEW
M_CCP1
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-1 (General-purpose Timer)
M_CCP7
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-7 (General-purpose Timer)
M_CCP5
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-5 (General-purpose Timer)
M_MIICRS
I
M_I2C0SDA
EMAC MII carrier sense
I/OD
I2C-0 data open-drain bidirectional port
M_U1TX
O
UART-1 transmit data
M_SSI1CLK
I/O
EMAC MII carrier sense
O
Enhanced PWM-8 output A
C_EPWM8A
PB7_GPIO15
27
M_EXTNMI
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 15
I
Cortex™-M3 external non-maskable interrupt
M_MIIRXD1
I
EMAC MII receive data 1
M_I2C0SCL
I/OD
M_U1RX
I
I2C-0 clock open-drain bidirectional port
UART-1 receive data
M_SSI1FSS
I/O
SSI-1 frame
C_EPWM8B
O
Enhanced PWM-8 output B
PD0_GPIO16
102
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 16
M_CAN0RX
I
CAN-0 receive data
M_U2RX
I
UART-2 receive data
M_U1RX
I
UART-1 receive data
M_CCP6
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-6 (General-purpose Timer)
M_MIIRXDV
I
EMAC MII receive data valid
M_U1CTS
I
UART-1 clear-to-send modem status
M_MIIRXD2
I
EMAC MII receive data 2
M_SSI0TX
O
SSI-0 transmit data
M_CAN1TX
O
CAN-1 transmit data
M_USB0EPEN
O
USB-0 external power enable (optionally used in the host mode)
C_SPISIMOA
I/O
SPI-A slave in, master out
68
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
NAME
PD1_GPIO17
RFP
PIN #
I/O/Z (2)
98
I/O/Z
DESCRIPTION
General-purpose input/output 17
M_CAN0TX
O
CAN-0 transmit data
M_U2TX
O
UART-2 transmit data
M_U1TX
O
UART-1 transmit data
M_CCP7
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-7 (General-purpose Timer)
M_MIITXER
O
EMAC MII transmit error
M_U1DCD
I
UART-1 data carrier detect
M_CCP2
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-2 (General-purpose Timer)
M_MIICOL
I
EMAC MII collision detect
M_SSI0RX
I
SSI-0 receive data
M_CAN1RX
I
CAN-1 receive data
M_USB0PFLT
I
USB-0 external power error state (optionally used in the host mode)
PD2_GPIO18
I/O
28
SPI-A master in, slave out
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 18
M_U1RX
I
M_CCP6
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-6 (General-purpose Timer)
M_CCP5
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-5 (General-purpose Timer)
M_EPI0S20
I/O
EPI-0 signal 20
M_SSI0CLK
I/O
SSI-0 clock
M_U1TX
O
UART-1 transmit data
M_CAN0RX
I
CAN-0 receive data
C_SPICLKA
I/O
PD3_GPIO19
29
UART-1 receive data
SPI-A clock
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 19
M_U1TX
O
UART-1 transmit data
M_CCP7
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-7 (General-purpose Timer)
M_CCP0
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-0 (General-purpose Timer)
M_EPI0S21
I/O
EPI-0 signal 21
M_SSI0FSS
I/O
SSI-0 frame
M_U1RX
I
UART-1 receive data
M_CAN0TX
O
CAN-0 transmit data
C_SPISTEA
I/O
SPI-A slave transmit enable
PD4_GPIO20
65
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 20
M_CCP0
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-0 (General-purpose Timer)
M_CCP3
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-3 (General-purpose Timer)
M_MIITXD3
O
EMAC MII transmit data 3
I
UART-1 receive data
M_U1RI
PRODUCT PREVIEW
C_SPISOMIA
M_EPI0S19
I/O
EPI-0 signal 19
M_U3TX
O
UART-3 transmit data
M_CAN1TX
O
CAN-1 transmit data
C_EQEP1A
I
Enhanced QEP-1 input A
C_MDXA
O
McBSP-A transmit data
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
69
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
NAME
PD5_GPIO21
RFP
PIN #
I/O/Z (2)
64
I/O/Z
DESCRIPTION
General-purpose input/output 21
M_CCP2
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-2 (General-purpose Timer)
M_CCP4
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-4 (General-purpose Timer)
M_MIITXD2
O
EMAC MII transmit data 2
M_U2RX
I
UART-2 receive data
M_EPI0S28
I/O
EPI-0 signal 28
M_U3RX
I
UART-3 receive data
M_CAN1RX
I
CAN-1 receive data
C_EQEP1B
I
Enhanced QEP-1 input B
I
McBSP-A receive data
C_MDRA
PD6_GPIO22
73
M_MIITXD1
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 22
PRODUCT PREVIEW
O
EMAC MII transmit data 1
M_U2TX
O
UART-2 transmit data
M_EPI0S29
I/O
EPI-0 signal 29
M_I2C1SDA
I/OD
I2C-0 data open-drain bidirectional port
M_U1TX
O
UART-1 transmit data
C_EQEP1S
I/O
Enhanced QEP-1 strobe
C_MCLKXA
O
McBSP-A transmit clock
PD7_GPIO23
68
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 23
M_CCP1
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-1 (General-purpose Timer)
M_MIITXD0
O
EMAC MII transmit data 0
M_U1DTR
O
UART-1 data terminal ready
M_EPI0S30
I/O
EPI-0 signal 30
M_I2C1SCL
I/OD
M_U1RX
I
I2C-1 clock open-drain bidirectional port
UART-1 receive data
C_EQEP1I
I/O
Enhanced QEP-1 index
C_MFSXA
O
McBSP-A transmit frame sync
PE0_GPIO24
43
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 24
M_SSI1CLK
I/O
SSI-1 clock
M_CCP3
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-3 (General-purpose Timer)
M_EPI0S8
I/O
EPI-0 signal 8
M_USB0PFLT
I
USB-0 external power error state (optionally used in the host mode)
M_SSI3TX
O
SSI-3 transmit data
M_CAN0RX
I
CAN-1 receive data
M_SSI1TX
O
SSI-1 transmit data
C_ECAP1
I/O
Enhanced Capture-1 input/output
C_EQEP2A
70
I
Enhanced QEP-2 input A
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
PE1_GPIO25
RFP
PIN #
I/O/Z (2)
45
I/O/Z
DESCRIPTION
General-purpose input/output 25
M_SSI1FSS
I/O
SSI-1 frame
M_CCP2
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-2 (General-purpose Timer)
M_CCP6
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-6 (General-purpose Timer)
M_EPI0S9
I/O
EPI-0 signal 9
M_SSI3RX
I
SSI-3 receive data
M_CAN0TX
O
CAN-1 transmit data
M_SSI1RX
O
SSI-1 transmit data
C_ECAP2
I/O
Enhanced Capture-2 input/output
C_EQEP2B
PE2_GPIO26
I
32
M_CCP4
Enhanced QEP-2 input B
I/O/Z
I/O
M_SSI1RX
General-purpose input/output 26
Capture/Compare/PWM-4 (General-purpose Timer)
I
SSI-1 receive data
M_CCP2
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-2 (General-purpose Timer)
M_EPI0S24
I/O
EPI-0 signal 24
M_SSI3CLK
I/O
SSI-3 clock
M_U2RX
I
UART-2 receive data
M_SSI1CLK
I/O
SSI-1 clock
C_ECAP3
I/O
Enhanced Capture-3 input/output
I/O
Enhanced QEP-2 index
C_EQEP2I
PE3_GPIO27
33
M_CCP1
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 27
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-1 (General-purpose Timer)
M_SSI1TX
O
SSI-1 transmit data
M_CCP7
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-7 (General-purpose Timer)
M_EPI0S25
I/O
EPI-0 signal 25
M_SSI3FSS
I/O
SSI-3 frame
M_U2TX
O
UART-2 transmit data
M_SSI1FSS
I/O
SSI-1 frame
C_ECAP4
I/O
Enhanced Capture-4 input/output
I/O
Enhanced QEP-2 strobe
C_EQEP2S
PE4_GPIO28
77
M_CCP3
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 28
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-3 (General-purpose Timer)
M_U2TX
O
UART-2 transmit data
M_CCP2
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-2 (General-purpose Timer)
M_MIIRXD0
PRODUCT PREVIEW
NAME
I
EMAC MII receive data 0
M_U0RX
I
UART-0 receive data
M_USB0EPEN
O
USB-0 external power enable (optionally used in the host mode)
C_SCIRXDA
I
SCI-A receive data
PE5_GPIO29
76
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 29
M_CCP5
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-5 (General-purpose Timer)
M_MIITXER
O
EMAC MII transmit error
M_U0TX
O
UART-0 transmit data
M_USB0PFLT
I
USB-0 external power error state (optionally used in the host mode)
C_SCITXDA
O
SCI-A transmit data
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
71
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
NAME
PE6_GPIO30
RFP
PIN #
I/O/Z (2)
22
I/O/Z
M_U1CTS
I
DESCRIPTION
General-purpose input/output 30
UART-1 clear-to-send modem status
M_MIIMDIO
I/O
M_CAN0RX
I
CAN-0 receive data
C_EPWM9A
O
Enhanced PWM-9 output A
PE7_GPIO31
23
EMAC MII MDIO
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 31
M_U1DCD
I
UART-1 data carrier detect
M_MIIRXD3
I
EMAC MII receive data 3
M_CAN0TX
O
CAN-0 transmit data
O
Enhanced PWM-9 output B
C_EPWM9B
PF0_GPIO32
104
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 32
M_CAN1RX
I
CAN-1 receive data
M_MIIRXCK
I
EMAC MII receive clock
M_U1DSR
I
UART-1 data set ready
PRODUCT PREVIEW
M_I2C0SDA
I/OD
I2C-0 data open-drain bidirectional port
C_SDAA
I/OD
I2C-A data open-drain bidirectional port
C_SCIRXDA
I
SCI-A receive data
C_ADCSOCAO
O
ADC start-of-conversion A (1)
PF1_GPIO33
103
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 33
M_CAN1TX
O
CAN-1 transmit data
M_MIIRXER
I
EMAC MII receive error
M_U1RTS
O
UART-1 request-to-send
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-3 (General-purpose Timer)
M_CCP3
M_I2C0SCL
I/OD
I2C-0 clock open-drain bidirectional port
C_SCLA
I/OD
I2C-A clock open-drain bidirectional port
C_EPWMSYNCO
O
Enhanced PWM sync out
C_ADCSOCBO
O
ADC start-of-conversion B (1)
PF2_GPIO34
M_MIIPHYINTR
82
I/O/Z
I
General-purpose input/output 34
EMAC PHY MII interrupt
M_SSI1CLK
I/O
SSI-1 clock
M_XCLKOUT
O
Main PLL clock (divided by 1, 2 or 4)
C_ECAP1
I/O
Enhanced Capture-1 input/output
C_SCIRXDA
I
SCI-A receive data
C_XCLKOUT
O
Main PLL clock (divided by 1, 2 or 4)
(1)
72
Output from the Concerto ePWM is meant for the external ADC (if present).
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
PF3_GPIO35
RFP
PIN #
I/O/Z (2)
81
I/O/Z
DESCRIPTION
General-purpose input/output 35
M_MIIMDC
I
M_SSI1FSS
I/O
SSI-1 frame
M_U0TX
O
UART-0 transmit data
C_SCITXDA
O
SCI-A transmit data
I
Boot pin 2
BOOT_2
PF4_GPIO36
48
EMAC PHY MII MDC
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 36
M_CCP0
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-0 (General-purpose Timer)
M_MIIMDIO
I/O
EMAC MII MDIO
M_EPI0S12
I/O
EPI-0 signal 12
M_SSI1RX
I
SSI-1 receive data
M_U0RX
I
UART-0 receive data
I
SCI-A receive data
C_SCIRXDA
PF5_GPIO37
51
M_CCP2
I/O/Z
I/O
General-purpose input/output 37
Capture/Compare/PWM-2 (General-purpose Timer)
M_MIIRXD3
I
M_EPI0S15
I/O
EPI-0 signal 15
M_SSI1TX
O
SSI-1 transmit data
C_ECAP2
I/O
Enhanced Capture-2 input/output
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 38
PF6_GPIO38
69
M_USB0VBUS
EMAC MII receive data 3
Analog
M_CCP1
I/O
USB0 VBUS power
Capture/Compare/PWM-1 (General-purpose Timer)
M_MIIRXD2
I
EMAC MII receive data 2
M_U1RTS
O
UART-1 request-to-send
PF7_GPIO39
No Pin
No Pin
PG0_GPIO40
49
I/O/Z
M_U2RX
I
M_I2C1SCL
PRODUCT PREVIEW
NAME
General-purpose input/output 39 is not pinned out.
General-purpose input/output 40
UART-2 receive data
I/OD
I2C-1 clock open-drain bidirectional port
M_USB0EPEN
O
USB-0 external power enable (optionally used in the host mode)
M_EPI0S13
I/O
EPI-0 signal 13
M_MIIRXD2
I
EMAC MII receive data 2
M_U4RX
I
UART-4 receive data
PG1_GPIO41
50
M_U2TX
I/O/Z
O
General-purpose input/output 41
UART-2 transmit data
M_I2C1SDA
I/OD
I2C-1 data open-drain bidirectional port
M_EPI0S14
I/O
M_MIIRXD1
I
EMAC MII receive data 1
M_U4TX
O
UART-4 transmit data
EPI-0 signal 14
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
73
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
NAME
PG2_GPIO42
RFP
PIN #
71
M_USB0DM
I/O/Z
Analog
M_MIICOL
PG3_GPIO43
I/O/Z (2)
I
78
DESCRIPTION
General-purpose input/output 42
USB0 data minus
EMAC MII collision detect
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 43
M_MIICRS
I
EMAC MII carrier sense
M_MIIRXDV
I
EMAC MII receive data valid
BOOT_0
I
Boot pin 0
PF7_GPIO44
No Pin
No Pin
PG5_GPIO45
72
I/O/Z
M_USB0DP
Analog
General-purpose input/output 44 is not pinned out.
General-purpose input/output 45
USB0 data plus
M_CCP5
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-5 (General-purpose Timer)
M_MIITXEN
O
EMAC MII transmit enable
O
UART-1 data terminal ready
M_U1DTR
PG6_GPIO46
70
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 46
PRODUCT PREVIEW
M_USB0ID
Analog
M_MIITCK
I
EMAC MII transmit clock
M_U1RI
I
UART-1 receive data
PG7_GPIO47
52
I/O/Z
USB0 ID
General-purpose input/output 47
M_MIITXER
O
EMAC MII transmit error
M_EPI0S31
I/O
EPI-0 signal 31
BOOT_1
PH0_GPIO48
I
41
Boot pin 1
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 48
M_CCP6
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-6 (General-purpose Timer)
M_MIIPHYRST
O
EMAC PHY MII reset
M_EPI0S6
I/O
EPI-0 signal 6
M_SSI3TX
O
SSI-3 transmit data
C_ECAP5
I/O
Enhanced Capture-5 input/output
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 49
PH1_GPIO49
42
M_CCP7
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-7 (General-purpose Timer)
M_EPI0S7
I/O
EPI-0 signal 7
M_MIIRXD0
I
EMAC MII receive data 0
M_SSI3RX
I
SSI-3 receive data
C_ECAP6
PH2_GPIO50
M_EPI0S1
36
I/O
Enhanced Capture-6 input/output
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 50
I/O
EPI-0 signal 1
M_MIITXD3
O
EMAC MII transmit data 3
M_SSI3CLK
I/O
SSI-3 clock
C_EQEP1A
I
74
Enhanced QEP-2 input B
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
NAME
PH3_GPIO51
RFP
PIN #
I/O/Z (2)
35
I/O/Z
DESCRIPTION
General-purpose input/output 51
M_USB0EPEN
O
USB-0 external power enable (optionally used in the host mode)
M_EPI0S0
I/O
EPI-0 signal 0
M_MIITXD2
O
EMAC MII transmit data 2
M_SSI3FSS
I/O
SSI-3 frame
PH4_GPIO52
I
46
Enhanced QEP-1 input B
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 52
M_USB0FLT
I
M_EPI0S10
I/O
EPI-0 signal 10
M_MIITXD1
O
EMAC MII transmit data 1
M_SSI1CLK
I/O
SSI-1 clock
M_U3TX
O
UART-3 transmit data
I/O
Enhanced QEP-1 strobe
C_EQEP1S
PH5_GPIO53
47
M_EPI0S11
USB-0 external power error state (optionally used in the host mode)
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 53
I/O
EPI-0 signal 11
M_MIITXD0
O
EMAC MII transmit data 0
M_SSI1FSS
I/O
SSI-1 frame
M_U3RX
I
C_EQEP1I
PH6_GPIO54
UART-3 receive data
I/O
79
Enhanced QEP-1 index
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 54
M_EPI0S26
I/O
M_MIIRXDV
I
EMAC MII receive data valid
M_SSI1RX
I
SSI-1 receive data
M_MIITXEN
O
EMAC MII transmit enable
M_SSI0TX
O
SSI-0 transmit data
C_SPISIMOA
I/O
SPI-A slave in, master out
I
Enhanced QEP-1 input A
C_EQEP3A
PH7_GPIO55
80
EPI-0 signal 26
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 55
M_MIIRXCK
I
M_EPI0S27
I/O
EPI-0 signal 27
M_SSI1TX
O
SSI-1 transmit data
M_MIITXCK
I
EMAC MII transmit clock
I
SSI-0 receive data
M_SSI0RX
C_SPISOMIA
C_EQEP3B
PJ0_GPIO56
63
M_MIIRXER
M_EPI016
PRODUCT PREVIEW
C_EQEP1B
EMAC MII receive clock
I/O
SPI-A master in, slave out
I
Enhanced QEP-3 input B
I/O/Z
I
General-purpose input/output 56
EMAC MII receive error
I/O
EPI-0 signal 16
M_I2C1SCL
I/OD
I2C-1 clock open-drain bidirectional port
M_SSI0CLK
I/O
SSI-0 clock
C_SPICLKA
I/O
SPI-A clock
C_EQEP3S
I/O
Enhanced QEP-3 strobe
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
75
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
NAME
PJ1_GPIO57
RFP
PIN #
I/O/Z (2)
62
I/O/Z
M_EPI0S17
I/O
M_USB0PFLT
DESCRIPTION
General-purpose input/output 57
EPI-0 signal 17
I
USB-0 external power error state (optionally used in the host mode)
M_I2C1SDA
I/OD
M_MIIRXDV
I
M_SSI0FSS
I/O
SSI-0 frame
C_SPISTEA
I/O
SPI-A slave transmit enable
C_EQEP3I
I/O
Enhanced QEP-3 index
PJ2_GPIO58
61
I2C-1 data open-drain bidirectional port
EMAC MII receive data valid
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 58
M_EPI0S18
I/O
EPI-0 signal 18
M_CCP0
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-0 (General-purpose Timer)
PRODUCT PREVIEW
M_MIIRXCK
I
M_SSI0CLK
I/O
SSI-0 clock
M_U0TX
O
UART-0 transmit data
C_MCLKRA
I
McBSP-A receive clock
O
Enhanced PWM-7 output A
C_EPWM7A
PJ3_GPIO59
60
M_EPI0S19
EMAC MII receive clock
I/O/Z
I/O
M_U1CTS
General-purpose input/output 59
EPI-0 signal 19
I
UART-1 clear-to-send
M_CCP6
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-6 (General-purpose Timer)
M_MIIMDC
O
EMAC PHY MII MDC
M_SSI0FSS
I/O
SSI-0 frame
M_U0RX
I
UART-0 receive data
C_MFSRA
I
McBSP-A receive frame sync
C_EPWM7B
O
Enhanced PWM-7 output B
PJ4_GPIO60
57
I/O/Z
M_EPI0S28
I/O
M_U1DCD
I
M_CCP4
EPI-0 signal 28
UART-1 data carrier detect
I/O
M_MIICOL
General-purpose input/output 60
Capture/Compare/PWM-4 (General-purpose Timer)
I
EMAC MII collision detect
M_SSI1CLK
I/O
SSI-1 clock
C_EPWM8A
O
Enhanced PWM-8 output A
PJ5_GPIO61
56
I/O/Z
M_EPI0S29
I/O
M_U1DSR
I
M_CCP2
M_MIICRS
I/O
I
General-purpose input/output 61
EPI-0 signal 29
UART-1 data set ready
Capture/Compare/PWM-2 (General-purpose Timer)
EMAC PHY MII CRS
M_SSI1FSS
I/O
SSI-1 frame
C_EPWM8B
O
Enhanced PWM-8 output B
76
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
PJ6_GPIO62
RFP
PIN #
I/O/Z (2)
53
I/O/Z
M_EPI0S30
DESCRIPTION
General-purpose input/output 62
I/O
EPI-0 signal 30
M_U1RTS
O
UART-1 request-to-send
M_CCP1
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-1 (General-purpose Timer)
M_MIIPHYINTR
I
EMAC PHY MII interrupt
M_U2RX
I
UART-2 receive data
C_EPWM9A
O
Enhanced PWM-9 output A
PJ7_GPIO63
97
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 63
M_U1DTR
O
UART-1 data terminal ready
M_CCP0
I/O
Capture/Compare/PWM-0 (General-purpose Timer)
M_MIIPHYRST
O
EMAC PHY MII reset
M_U2TX
O
UART-2 transmit data
O
Enhanced PWM-9 output B
C_EPWM9B
PC0_GPIO64
No Pin
No Pin
General-purpose input/output 64 is not pinned out
PC1_GPIO65
No Pin
No Pin
General-purpose input/output 65 is not pinned out
PC2_GPIO66
No Pin
No Pin
General-purpose input/output 66 is not pinned out
PC3_GPIO67
No Pin
No Pin
General-purpose input/output 67 is not pinned out
PC4_GPIO68
37
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 68
M_CCP5
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-5 (General-purpose Timer)
M_MIITXD3
O
EMAC MII transmit data 3
M_CCP2
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-2 (General-purpose Timer)
M_CCP4
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-4 (General-purpose Timer)
M_EPI0S2
I/O
M_CCP1
PC5_GPIO69
EPI-0 signal 2
I
38
Capture/Compare/PWM-1 (General-purpose Timer)
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 69
M_CCP1
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-1 (General-purpose Timer)
M_CCP3
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-3 (General-purpose Timer)
M_USB0EPEN
O
USB-0 external power enable (optionally used in the host mode)
M_EPI0S3
I/O
EPI-0 signal 3
PC6_GPIO70
39
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 70
M_CCP3
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-3 (General-purpose Timer)
M_U1RX
I
UART-1 receive data
M_CCP0
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-0 (General-purpose Timer)
M_USB0PFLT
I
USB-0 external power error state (optionally used in the host mode)
M_EPI0S4
PC7_GPIO71
I/O
40
EPI-0 signal 4
I/O/Z
General-purpose input/output 71
M_CCP4
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-4 (General-purpose Timer)
M_CCP0
I
Capture/Compare/PWM-0 (General-purpose Timer)
M_U1TX
O
UART-1 transmit data
I
USB-0 external power error state (optionally used in the host mode)
M_USB0PFLT
M_EPI0S5
I/O
PRODUCT PREVIEW
NAME
EPI-0 signal 5
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
77
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
NAME
RFP
PIN #
I/O/Z (2)
DESCRIPTION
I/OD
Digital Subsystem Reset (in) and Watchdog/Brown-out Reset (out). In most
applications, it is recommended that the XRS pin be tied with the ARS pin. The
Digital Subsystem has a built-in power-on-reset (POR) and brown-out-reset
(BOR) circuitry. As such, no external circuitry is needed to generate a reset
pulse. During a power-on or brown-out condition, this pin is driven low by the
Digital Subsystem. This pin is also driven low by the Digital Subsystem when a
watchdog reset occurs. During watchdog reset, the XRS pin is driven low for the
watchdog reset duration of 512 OSCCLK cycles. If need be, an external circuitry
may also drive this pin to assert device reset. In this case, it is recommended
that this pin be driven by an open-drain device. An R-C circuit must be
connected to this pin for noise immunity reasons. Regardless of the source, a
device reset causes the Digital Subsystem to terminate execution. The
Cortex™-M3 program counter points to the address contained at the location
0x00000004. The C28 program counter points to the address contained at the
location 0x3FFFC0. When reset is deactivated, execution begins at the location
designated by the program counter. The output buffer of this pin is an
open-drain with an internal pullup.
I/OD
Analog Subsystem Reset (in) and Brown-out Reset (out).In most applications, it
is recommended that the ARS pin be tied with the XRS pin. The Digital
Subsystem has a built-in brown-out-reset (BOR) circuitry. As such, no external
circuitry is needed to generate a reset pulse. During a power-on or brown-out
condition, this pin is driven low by the Analog Subsystem. If need be, an
external circuitry may also drive this pin to assert a device reset. In this case, it
is recommended that this pin be driven by an open-drain device. An R-C circuit
must be connected to this pin for noise immunity reasons. Regardless of the
source, the Analog Subsystem reset causes the digital logic associated with the
Analog Subsystem, to enter reset state. The output buffer of this pin is an
open-drain with an internal pullup.
Reset
XRS
4
PRODUCT PREVIEW
ARS
144
Clocks
X1
93
I
On-chip crystal-oscillator input. To use this oscillator, a quartz crystal or a
ceramic resonator must be connected across X1 and X2. If this pin is not used,
it must be tied to GND.
X2
95
O
On-chip crystal-oscillator output. A quartz crystal or a ceramic resonator must
be connected across X1 and X2. If X2 is not used, it must be left unconnected.
XCLKIN
see
PJ7_GPIO63
I
External oscillator input. This pin feeds a clock from an external 3.3-V oscillator
to internal USB PLL module and to the CAN peripherals.
XCLKOUT
see
PF2_GPIO34
O/Z
External oscillator output. This pin outputs a clock divided-down from the
internal PLL System Clock. The divide ratio is defined in the XCLKCFG register.
BOOT_0
see
PG3_GPIO43
I
One of three boot mode pins. It selects a specific configuration source from
which the Concerto device boots on start-up.
BOOT_1
see
PG7_GPIO47
I
One of three boot mode pins. It selects a specific configuration source from
which the Concerto device boots on start-up.
BOOT_2
see
PG3_GPIO35
I
One of three boot mode pins. It selects a specific configuration source from
which the Concerto device boots on start-up.
Boot Pins
78
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
NAME
RFP
PIN #
I/O/Z (2)
DESCRIPTION
TRST
85
I
TCK
89
I
JTAG test clock with internal pullup (↑)
TMS
87
I
JTAG test-mode select (TMS) with internal pullup. This serial control input is
clocked into the TAP controller on the rising edge of TCK. (↑)
TDI
88
I
JTAG test data input (TDI) with internal pullup. TDI is clocked into the selected
register (instruction or data) on a rising edge of TCK. (↑)
TDO
84
O/Z
JTAG scan out, test data output (TDO). The contents of the selected register
(instruction or data) are shifted out of TDO on the falling edge of TCK. (8-mA
drive)
I/O/Z
Emulator pin 0. When TRST is driven high, this pin is used as an interrupt to or
from the emulator system and is defined as input/output through the JTAG scan.
This pin is also used to put the device into boundary-scan mode. With the
EMU0 pin at a logic-high state and the EMU1 pin at a logic-low state, a rising
edge on the TRST pin would latch the device into boundary-scan mode. (I/O/Z,
8 mA drive ↑)
NOTE: An external pullup resistor is required on this pin. The value of this
resistor should be based on the drive strength of the debugger pods applicable
to the design. A 2.2-kΩ to 4.7-kΩ resistor is generally adequate. Since this is
application-specific, it is recommended that each target board be validated for
proper operation of the debugger and the application.
NOTE: If EMU0 is 0 and EMU1 is 1 when coming out of reset, the device enters
Wait-in-Reset mode. WIR suspends bootloader execution, allowing the Emulator
to connect to the device and to modify FLASH contents.
I/O/Z
Emulator pin 1. When TRST is driven high, this pin is used as an interrupt to or
from the emulator system and is defined as input/output through the JTAG scan.
This pin is also used to put the device into boundary-scan mode. With the
EMU0 pin at a logic-high state and the EMU1 pin at a logic-low state, a rising
edge on the TRST pin would latch the device into boundary-scan mode. (I/O/Z,
8 mA drive ↑)
NOTE: An external pullup resistor is required on this pin. The value of this
resistor should be based on the drive strength of the debugger pods applicable
to the design. A 2.2-kΩ to 4.7-kΩ resistor is generally adequate. Since this is
application-specific, it is recommended that each target board be validated for
proper operation of the debugger and the application.
NOTE: If EMU0 is 0 and EMU1 is 1 when coming out of reset, the device enters
Wait-in-Reset mode. WIR suspends bootloader execution, allowing the Emulator
to connect to the device and to modify FLASH contents.
EMU0
EMU1
83
86
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
79
PRODUCT PREVIEW
JTAG
JTAG test reset with internal pulldown. TRST, when driven high, gives the scan
system control of the operations of the device. If this signal is not connected or
driven low, the device operates in its functional mode, and the test reset signals
are ignored. NOTE: TRST is an active-high test pin and must be maintained low
during normal device operation. An external pull-down resistor is required on
this pin. The value of this resistor should be based on drive strength of the
debugger pods applicable to the design. A 2.2-kΩ resistor generally offers
adequate protection. Since this is application-specific, it is recommended that
each target board be validated for proper operation of the debugger and the
application. (↓)
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
RFP
PIN #
I/O/Z (2)
FLT1
16
I/O
FLASH Test Pin 1. Reserved for TI. Must be left unconnected.
FLT2
21
I/O
FLASH Test Pin 2. Reserved for TI. Must be left unconnected.
NAME
DESCRIPTION
Test Pins
Internal Voltage Regulator Control
VREG18EN
113
Internal 1.8-V VREG Enable/Disable for VDD18. Pull low to enable the internal
1.8-V voltage regulator (VREG18), pull high to disable VREG18.
VREG12EN
101
Internal 1.2-V VREG Enable/Disable for VDD12. Pull low to enable the internal
1.2-V voltage regulator (VREG12), pull high to disable VREG12.
Analog, Digital, and I/O Power
PRODUCT PREVIEW
VDDA1
119
3.3-V Analog Module 1 Power Pin. Tie with a 2.2-µF capacitor (typical) close to
the pin.
VDDA2
134
3.3-V Analog Module 2 Power Pin. Tie with a 2.2-µF capacitor (typical) close to
the pin.
VDDIO
107
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
VDDIO
10
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
VDDIO
25
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
VDDIO
34
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
VDDIO
44
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
VDDIO
54
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
VDDIO
59
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
VDDIO
105
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
VDDIO
3
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
VDDIO
67
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
VDDIO
74
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
VDDIO
92
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
VDDIO
100
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
VDDIO
96
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
VDDIO
17
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
VDDIO
2
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
VDDIO
106
3.3-V Digital I/O and FLASH Power Pin. Tie with a 0.1-µF capacitor (typical)
close to the pin.
VDD18
1
80
1.8-V Digital Logic Power Pins (associated with the Analog Subsytem) - no
supply needed when using internal VREG18. Tie with 1.2-µF (minimum)
ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to ground when using internal VREG. Higher
value capacitors may be used but could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 3-1. Terminal Functions(1) (continued)
TERMINAL
NAME
RFP
PIN #
I/O/Z (2)
DESCRIPTION
108
1.8-V Digital Logic Power Pins (associated with the Analog Subsytem) - no
supply needed when using internal VREG18. Tie with 1.2-µF (minimum)
ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to ground when using internal VREG. Higher
value capacitors may be used but could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
VDD12
24
1.2-V Digital Logic Power Pins - no supply needed when using internal
VREG12. Tie with 422- nF (minimum) ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to
ground when using internal VREG. Higher value capacitors may be used but
could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
VDD12
55
1.2-V Digital Logic Power Pins - no supply needed when using internal
VREG12. Tie with 422- nF (minimum) ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to
ground when using internal VREG. Higher value capacitors may be used but
could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
66
1.2-V Digital Logic Power Pins - no supply needed when using internal
VREG12. Tie with 422- nF (minimum) ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to
ground when using internal VREG. Higher value capacitors may be used but
could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
99
1.2-V Digital Logic Power Pins - no supply needed when using internal
VREG12. Tie with 422- nF (minimum) ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to
ground when using internal VREG. Higher value capacitors may be used but
could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
75
1.2-V Digital Logic Power Pins - no supply needed when using internal
VREG12. Tie with 422- nF (minimum) ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to
ground when using internal VREG. Higher value capacitors may be used but
could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
58
1.2-V Digital Logic Power Pins - no supply needed when using internal
VREG12. Tie with 422- nF (minimum) ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to
ground when using internal VREG. Higher value capacitors may be used but
could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
11
1.2-V Digital Logic Power Pins - no supply needed when using internal
VREG12. Tie with 422- nF (minimum) ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to
ground when using internal VREG. Higher value capacitors may be used but
could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
91
1.2-V Digital Logic Power Pins - no supply needed when using internal
VREG12. Tie with 422- nF (minimum) ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to
ground when using internal VREG. Higher value capacitors may be used but
could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
90
1.2-V Digital Logic Power Pins - no supply needed when using internal
VREG12. Tie with 422- nF (minimum) ceramic capacitor (10% tolerance) to
ground when using internal VREG. Higher value capacitors may be used but
could impact supply-rail ramp-up time.
VDD12
VDD12
VDD12
VDD12
VDD12
VDD12
VDD12
VSS
VSSOSC
PWR PAD
94
PRODUCT PREVIEW
VDD18
Analog and Digital Ground Power Pad (located on the bottom of the chip).
Clock Oscillator Ground Pin
Device Pins
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
81
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
4 Device Operating Conditions
4.1
Absolute Maximum Ratings (1)
(2)
Supply voltage range, VDDIO (I/O and Flash)
with respect to VSS
–0.3 V to 4.6 V
Supply voltage range, VDD18
with respect to VSS
–0.3 V to 2.5 V
Supply voltage range, VDD12
with respect to VSS
–0.3 V to 1.5 V
Analog voltage range, VDDA
with respect to VSSA
–0.3 V to 4.6 V
Input voltage range, VIN (3.3 V)
–0.3 V to 4.6 V
Output voltage range, VO
–0.3 V to 4.6 V
Input clamp current, IIK (VIN < 0 or VIN > VDDIO) (3)
±20 mA
Output clamp current, IOK (VO < 0 or VO > VDDIO)
Junction temperature range, TJ
Storage temperature range, Tstg
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
PRODUCT PREVIEW
4.2
±20 mA
(4)
–40°C to 150°C
(4)
–65°C to 150°C
Stresses beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings
only, and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under Section 4.2 is not implied.
Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
All voltage values are with respect to VSS, unless otherwise noted.
Continuous clamp current per pin is ± 2 mA.
Long-term high-temperature storage and/or extended use at maximum temperature conditions may result in a reduction of overall device
life. For additional information, see IC Package Thermal Metrics Application Report (literature number SPRA953) and Reliability Data for
TMS320LF24xx and TMS320F28xx Devices Application Report (literature number SPRA963).
Recommended Operating Conditions
MIN
NOM
MAX
UNIT
Device supply voltage, I/O, VDDIO (1)
3.14
3.3
3.46
V
Device supply voltage, Analog Subsystem, VDD18
(when internal VREG is disabled and 1.8 V is
supplied externally)
1.71
1.8
1.89
Device supply voltage, Master and Control
Subsystems, VDD12
(when internal VREG is disabled and 1.2 V is
supplied externally)
1.14
V
0
Analog supply voltage, VDDA (1)
3.14
Analog ground, VSSA
High-level input voltage, VIH (3.3 V)
Low-level input voltage, VIL (3.3 V)
High-level output source current, VOH = VOH(MIN) , IOH
Low-level output sink current, VOL = VOL(MAX), IOL
(3)
82
3.3
V
3.47
0
Device clock frequency (system clock)
(1)
(2)
1.26
V
Supply ground, VSS
Junction temperature, TJ
1.2
(3)
V
V
2
60
VDDIO * 0.7
VDDIO + 0.3
VSS – 0.3
VDDIO * 0.3
MHz
V
V
All GPIO/AIO pins
–4
mA
Group 2 (2)
–8
mA
All GPIO/AIO pins
4
mA
Group 2 (2)
8
mA
T version
–40
105
S version
–40
125
Q version (Q100 qualification)
–40
125
°C
VDDIO and VDDA should be maintained within ~0.3 V of each other.
Group 2 pins are as follows: PD3_GPIO19, PE2_GPIO26, PE3_GPIO27, PH6_GPIO54, PH7_GPIO55, EMU0, TDO, EMU1,
PD0_GPIO16, AIO7, AIO4.
TA (Ambient temperature) is product- and application-dependent and can go up to the specified TJ max of the device.
Device Operating Conditions
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
4.3
Electrical Characteristics (1)
over recommended operating conditions (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
High-level output voltage
VOL
Low-level output voltage
IIL
IIH
Input current
(low level)
Input current
(high level)
IOH = IOH MAX
VDDIO * 0.8
IOH = 50 μA
VDDIO – 0.2
TYP
MAX UNIT
V
IOL = IOL MAX
VDDIO * 0.2
All GPIO/AIO
–140
XRS pin and ARS pin
–300
V
Pin with pullup
enabled
VDDIO = 3.3 V, VIN = 0 V
Pin with pulldown
enabled
VDDIO = 3.3 V, VIN = 0 V
±2
Pin with pullup
enabled
VDDIO = 3.3 V, VIN = VDDIO
±2
Pin with pulldown
enabled
VDDIO = 3.3 V, VIN = VDDIO
50
VO = VDDIO or 0 V
±2
μA
2
pF
IOZ
Output current, pullup or
pulldown disabled
CI
Input capacitance
VDDIO BOR trip point
μA
μA
Falling VDDIO
VDDIO BOR hysteresis
(1)
MIN
2.78
V
35
mV
Supervisor reset release
delay time
Time after BOR/POR/OVR event is removed to
XRS release
600
μs
VREG VDD18 output
Internal VREG18 on
1.8
V
VREG VDD12 output
Internal VREG12 on
1.2
V
When the on-chip VREG is used, its output is monitored by the POR/BOR circuit, which will reset the device should the core voltage
(VDD) go out of range.
Device Operating Conditions
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
83
PRODUCT PREVIEW
VOH
TEST CONDITIONS
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
5 Peripheral Information and Timings
5.1
Master Subsystem Peripherals
Master Subsystem peripherals are located on the APB Bus and AHB Bus, and are accessible from the
Cortex™-M3 CPU/µDMA. The AHB peripherals include EPI, USB, and two CAN modules. The APB
peripherals include EMAC, two I2Cs, five UARTs, four SSIs, four GPTIMERs, two WDOGs, NMI WDOG,
and a µCRC module (Cyclic Redundancy Check).
5.1.1
External Peripheral Interface (EPI)
The External Peripheral Interface (EPI) is a high-speed parallel bus for external peripherals or memory. It
has several modes of operation to interface gluelessly to many types of external devices. The EPI is
similar to a standard microprocessor address/data bus, except that it must typically be connected to just
one type of external device. Enhanced capabilities include µDMA support, clocking control, and support
for external FIFO buffers.
The EPI supports three primary functional modes: Synchronous Dynamic Random-Access Memory
(SDRAM) mode, Traditional Host-Bus mode, and General-Purpose mode. The EPI module also provides
custom GPIOs; however, unlike regular GPIOs, the EPI module uses a FIFO in the same way as a
communication mechanism and is speed-controlled using clocking.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
84
Peripheral Information and Timings
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
5.2
Control Subsystem Peripherals
Control Subsystem peripherals are accessible from the C28x CPU via the C28x Memory Bus, and from
the C28x DMA via the C28x DMA Bus. They include one NMI Watchdog, three Timers, four Serial Port
Peripherals (SCI, SPI, McBSP, I2C), and three types of Control Peripherals (ePWM, eQEP, eCAP).
5.2.1
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) Modules
There are nine PWM modules in the Concerto device. Eight of these are of the High-Resolution PWM
(HRPWM) type, and one is of the Enhanced PWM (ePWM) type. The HRPWM modules have all the
features of the ePWM plus they offer significantly higher PWM resolution (time granularity). Figure 5-1
shows the eight HRPWM modules (PWM 1–8) and the single ePWM module (PWM 9).
There are nine SOCA PWM outputs and nine SOCB PWM outputs—a pair from each PWM module. The
nine SOCA outputs are OR-ed together and stretched by 32 HSPCLK cycles before entering GPIO_MUX1
as a single SOCAO signal. The nine SOCB outputs are OR-ed together and stretched by 32 HSPCLK
cycles before entering GPIO_MUX1 as a single SOCBO signal. The 18 SOCA/B outputs also go to the
Analog Subsystem, where they can be selected to become conversion triggers to ADC modules.
The nine PWM modules also drive two other sets of outputs which can interrupt the C28x CPU via the
C28x PIE block. These are nine EPWMINT interrupts and nine EPWMTZINT trip-zone interrupts. See
Figure 5-2 for the internal structure of the ePWM and HRPWM modules. The green-colored blocks are
common to both ePWM and HRPWM modules, but only the HRPWMs have the grey-colored hi-resolution
blocks.
Peripheral Information and Timings
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
85
PRODUCT PREVIEW
The synchronization inputs to the PWM modules include the SYNCI signal from the GPTRIP1 output of
GPIO_MUX1, and the TBCLKSYNC signal from the CPCLKCR0 register. Synchronization output
SYNCO1 comes from the HRPWM1 module and is stretched by 8 HSPCLK cycles before entering
GPIO_MUX1. There are two groups of trip signal inputs to PWM modules. TRIP1–15 inputs come from
GPTRIP1–12 (from GPIO_MUX1), ECCDBLERR signal (from C28x Local and Shared RAM), and PIEERR
signal from the C28x CPU. TZ1–6 (Trip Zone) inputs come from GPTRIP 1–3 (from GPIO_MUX1),
EQEPERR (from the eQEP peripheral), CLOCKFAIL (from M3 CLOCKS), and EMUSTOP (from the C28x
CPU).
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
ANALOG
SUBSYSTEM
SOCA (9:1)
PULSE STRETCH SOCAO
32 HSPCLK CYCLES
SOCB(9:1)
PULSE STRETCH SOCBO
32 HSPCLK CYCLES
GPTRIP6
EPWM
SYNCI
C28x DMA
GPTRIP1
GPTRIP2
GPTRIP3
GPTRIP4
GPTRIP5
GPTRIP6
GPTRIP7
GPTRIP8
GPTRIP9
GPTRIP10
GPTRIP11
GPTRIP12
‘0’
ECCDBLERR
PIEERR
PWM
1
PWM
2
PWM
SYNCO
3
PWM
4
PWM
5
EPWM(9:1)A
GPTRIP1
GPTRIP2
GPTRIP3
EQEPERR
CLOCKFAIL
EMUSTOP
TZ1
TZ2
TZ3
TZ4
TZ5
TZ6
PWM
6
PWM
7
PWM
8
PWM
9
EPWM(9:1)B
GPIO_MUX1
PRODUCT PREVIEW
TRIPIN1
TRIPIN2
TRIPIN3
TRIPIN4
TRIPIN5
TRIPIN6
TRIPIN7
TRIPIN8
TRIPIN9
TRIPIN10
TRIPIN11
TRIPIN12
TRIPIN13
TRIPIN14
TRIPIN15
TBCLKSYNC
EPWM(9:1)TZINT
C28X PIE
EPWM(9:1)INT
PULSE STRETCH
8 HSPCLK CYCLES
SYNCO1
CPCLKCR0 REG
SYNCO
EQEP(3:1)INT
ECAP(6:1)INT
SYNCI
GPTRIP7
GPTRIP8
GPTRIP9
GPTRIP10
GPTRIP11
GPTRIP12
EQEP 1
ECAP
1
ECAP1INP
ECAP2INP
ECAP3INP
ECAP4INP
ECAP5INP
ECAP6INP
ECAP
2
EQEP1A
EQEP1B
EQEP1S
EQEP1I
EQEP2A
EQEP2B
EQEP2S
EQEP2I
EQEP3A
EQEP3B
EQEP3S
EQEP3I
ECAP
SYNCO
3
EQEP 2
ECAP
4
ECAP
5
ECAP
6
ECAP
EQEP3
EQEP
ECAP(6:1)
LEGEND:
PWM
1-8
EPWM +
HiRES PWM
PWM
9
EPWM
ONLY
GPTRIP(1-12)
GPIO_MUX1
ECCDBLERR
C28x LOCAL RAM
EMUSTOP
PIEERR
SHARED RAM
C28x
CPU
EQEPERR
CLOCKFAIL
M3
CLOCKS
Figure 5-1. ePWM, eQEP, eCAP
86
Peripheral Information and Timings
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
TRIPIN(15:1)
TBCLKSYNC
C28SYSCLK
SYNCO
DCAEVT1.SYNC
DCAEVT1.SOC
SYNCI
DCBEVT1.SYNC
DCBEVT1.SOC
TIME BASE
PHS
(TB)
TBCLK
PRD
DIGITAL
COMPARE
CTR=ZER
CTR=
CMPB
CTR=PRD
TBCLK
COUNTER
COMPARE
CTR=ZER
CTR=PRD
CTR_DIR
TBCTR
(15:0)
HiRES
CONTROL
CMPA
CAL
CMPB
CNTRL
RED
DCAEVT1.SYNC
FED
DCBEVT1.SYNC
(CC)
DCAEVT1.FORCE
DCAEVT2.FORCE
DCBEVT1.FORCE
DCBEVT2.FORCE
DCAEVT1.INTER
DCAEVT2.INTER
DCBEVT1.INTER
DCBEVT2.INTER
PRODUCT PREVIEW
TBCTR
(15:0)
(DC)
CTR=ZER
CTR=PRD
CTR_DIR
CTR=CMPA
ACTION
QUALIFIER
DEAD
BAND
PWM
CHOPPER
TRIP
ZONE
HiRES
PWM
(AQ)
(DB)
(PC)
(TZ)
(HRPWM)
EPWM_A
EPWM_B
CTR=CMPB
SWFSYNC
SYNCI
CTR=ZER
CTR=PRD
C28SYSCLK
CTR=CMPA
CTR=CMPB
CTR=CMPC
CTR=CMPD
DCAEVT1.SOC
EVENT
TRIGGER
SYNCI
DCBEVT1.SOC
(ET)
EPWM_TZINT
EPWM_INT
SOCA
EPWM_INT
SOCB
TZ (6:1)
Figure 5-2. ePWM/HRPWM
Peripheral Information and Timings
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
87
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
5.3
www.ti.com
Analog/Shared Peripherals
Concerto Shared Peripherals are accessible from both the Master Subsystem and the Control Subsystem.
The Analog Shared Peripherals include two 12-bit ADCs (Analog-to-Digital Converters), and six
Comparator + DAC (10-bit) modules. All ADC and Comparator registers are accessible by the
Cortex™-M3 CPU and C28x CPU, while ADC results registers are also accessible by the respective
DMAs of the two processors.
The Inter-Processor Communications (IPC) Peripheral is only accessible by the Cortex™-M3 CPU and by
the C28x CPU (not accessible by DMAs). IPC is used for sending and receiving synchronization events
between Master and Control subsystems to coordinate execution of software running on both processors,
or exchanging of data between the two processors.
5.3.1
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Figure 5-3 shows the internal structure of each of the two ADC peripherals that are present on Concerto.
Each ADC has 16 channels that can be programmed to select analog inputs, select start-of-conversion
trigger, set the sampling window, and select end-of-conversion interrupt to prompt a CPU or DMA to read
16 result registers. The 16 ADC channels can be used independently or in pairs, based on the
assignments inside the SAMPLEMODE register. Pairing up the channels allows two analog inputs to be
sampled simultaneously—thereby, increasing the overall conversion performance.
PRODUCT PREVIEW
5.3.1.1
Sample Mode
Each ADC has 16 programmable channels that can be independently programmed for analog-to-digital
conversion when corresponding bits in the SAMPLEMODE register are set to Sequential Mode. For
example, if bit 2 in the SAMPLEMODE register is set to 0, ADC channels 4 and 5 are set to sequential
mode. This means that the SOC4CTL and SOC5CTL registers can both be programmed to configure
channels 4 and 5 to independently perform analog-to-digital conversions with results being stored in the
RESULT4 and RESULT5 registers. "Independently" means that channel 4 may use a different
Start-Of-Conversion (SOC) trigger, different analog input, and different sampling window than the trigger,
input, and window assigned to channel 5.
The 16 programmable channels for each ADC may also be grouped in 8 channel pairs when
corresponding bits in the SAMPLEMODE register are set to Simultaneous Mode. For example, if bit 2 in
the SAMPLEMODE register is set to 1, ADC channels 4 and 5 are set to Simultaneous Mode. This means
that the SOC4CTL register now contains configuration parameters for both channel 4 and channel 5, and
the SOC5CTL register is ignored. This means that while channel 4 and channel 5 are still using dedicated
analog inputs (now selected as pairs in the CHSEL field of SOC4CTL), they both share the same SOC
trigger and Sampling Window, with the results being stored in the RESULT4 and RESULT5 registers.
The Simultaneous mode is made possible by two sample-and-hold units present in each ADC. Each
sample-and-hold unit has its own mux for selecting analog inputs (see Figure 5-3). By programming the
SAMPLEMODE register, the 16 available channels can be configured as 16 independent channels,
8 channel pairs, or any combination thereof (for example, 10 sequential channels and 3 simultaneous
pairs).
5.3.1.2
Start-of-Conversion (SOC) Triggers
There are eight external SOC triggers that go to each of the two ADC modules (from the Control
Subsystem). In addition to the eight external SOC triggers, there are also two internal SOC triggers
derived from End-Of-Conversion (EOC) interrupts inside each ADC module (ADCINT1 and ADCINT2).
Registers INTSOCSEL1 and 2 are used to configure each of the 16 ADC channels for internal or external
SOC sources. If internal SOC is chosen for a given channel, the INTSOCSEL1 and 2 registers also select
whether the internal source is ADCINT1 or ADCINT2. If external SOC is chosen for a given ADC channel,
the TRIGSEL field of the corresponding SOCxCTL register selects which of the eight external triggers is
used for SOC in that channel. One analog-to-digital conversion can be performed at a time by the 12-bit
ADC. The analog-to-digital conversion priority is managed according to the state of the PRICTL register.
88
Peripheral Information and Timings
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
TRIGS(8:1)
ADC_INT(8:1)
INTSOCSEL1 REG
INTSOCSEL2 REG
SOC0CTL REG
ADCINT2
SOC1CTL REG
ACIB (ANALOG COMMON INTERFACE BUS)
SOC2CTL REG
INTSEL1N2 REG
INTSEL3N4 REG
ADC INTERUPT
CONTROL
INTSEL5N6 REG
INTSEL7N8 REG
INTFLG REG
SOCFLG REG
INTFLGCLR REG
SOCFRC REG
INTOVF REG
SOCOVF REG
INTOVFCLR REG
SOCOVFCLR REG
SOC3CTL REG
SOC4CTL REG
SOCx TRIGGER
CONTROL
SOC5CTL REG
SOC6CTL REG
SOC7CTL REG
SOC8CTL REG
SOC9CTL REG
SOCPRICTL REG
EOC(15:0)
SOC(15:0)
AIO_MUX
SAMPLEMODE REG
SOC10CTL REG
SOC11CTL REG
SOC12CTL REG
PRODUCT PREVIEW
ACIB
ADCINT1
SOC13CTL REG
SOC14CTL REG
GPIO
ADC CONTROL
4
ASEL
ADC_INA0
SOC
REGSEL
ADC_INA3
ADC_INA4
TEMP1
1
2
RESULT0 REG
3
RESULT1 REG
4
RESULT2 REG
5
RESULT3 REG
6
ADC_INA7
RESULT4 REG
7
A
S/H
A
RESULT5 REG
RESULT6 REG
TEMPCONV
MUX
12-BIT ADC
CONVERTER
ADCCTL1 REG
BSEL
VREFLOCONV
ADC_INB3
N/C
1
N/C
2
3
ADC_INB4
B
S/H
B
RESULT7 REG
RESULT8 REG
RESULT10 REG
RESULT11 REG
ADCCTL1 REG
REFTRIM REG
4
VREFLO2
ADC_INB7
STORE
RESULT
RESULT9 REG
0
ADC_INB0
ANALOG BUS
0
N/C
ADC_INA2
ADC_INA6
SHSEL
SOC15CTL REG
N/C
OFFTRIM REG
5
REV REG
6
RESULT12 REG
RESULT13 REG
RESULT14 REG
RESULT15 REG
7
(1) TEMPERATURE SENSOR IN ADC1 ONLY (N/C IN ADC2)
(2) CURRENTLY TIED TO ANALOG GROUND
Figure 5-3. ADC
Peripheral Information and Timings
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
89
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
5.3.1.3
www.ti.com
Analog Inputs
Analog inputs to each of the two ADC modules are organized in two groups—A and B, with each group
having a dedicated mux and sample-and-hold unit (see Figure 5-3). Mux A selects one of seven possible
analog inputs—six external inputs via AIO MUX, and one from the internal temperature sensor (present on
ADC1 only). Mux B selects one of five possible analog inputs—four external inputs via AIO MUX, and one
from the internal VREFLO signal, which is currently tied to the Analog Ground. The Mux A and Mux B
inputs can be simultaneously or sequentially sampled by the two sample-and-hold units according to the
sampling window chosen in the SOCxCTL register for the corresponding channel.
5.3.1.4
ADC Result Registers and EOC Interrupts
Concerto analog-to-digital conversion results are stored in 32 Results Registers (16 for ADC1 and 16 for
ADC2). The 16 ADCx channels can be programmed via the INTSELxNy registers to trigger up to eight
ADCINT interrupts per ADC module, when their results are ready to be read. The eight ADCINT interrupts
from ADC1 and the eight ADCINT interrupts from ADC2 are AND-ed together before propagating to both
the Master Subsystem and the Control Subsystem, announcing that the Result Registers are ready to be
read by a CPU or DMA (see Figure 2-3).
5.3.2
Comparator + DAC Units
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Figure 5-4 shows the internal structure of the six analog Comparator + DAC units present in Concerto
devices. Each unit compares two analog inputs (A and B) and assigns a value of ‘1’ when the voltage of
the A input is greater than that of the B input, or a value of ‘0’ when the opposite is true. The A inputs
come from AIO_MUX1 and AIO_MUX2, as do two of the six B inputs. The remaining four of the B inputs
are provided by 10-bit digital-to-analog units that are present in each comparator. In fact, all six B inputs
can be provided by the DACs, if so desired. The 10-bit value for each DAC unit is programmed in the
respective DACVAL register. Another comparator register, COMPCTL, can be programmed to select the
source of the B input, to enable/disable the comparator circuit, to invert comparator output, to synchronize
comparator output to C28x SYSCLK, and to select the qualification period (number of clock cycles). All six
output signals from the six comparators can be routed out to the device pins via GPIO_MUX2 pin mux.
90
Peripheral Information and Timings
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
AIO_MUX1
GPIO_MUX2
COMPA(1)
GPIO
GPIO
N/C
COMPOUT(1)
COMP1
DAC1
4
4
COMP2
COMPCTL REG
COMPDACE
COMPSOURCE1
COMPINV
SYNCSEL
QUALSEL
1
COMPA(2)
+
1
MUX
VDDA
VSSA
10-BIT
DAC
V
DACVAL(8:0)
DACVAL REG
_
0
0
COMP
COMPOUT(2)
1
SYNC / QUAL
0
V = ( DACVAL * ( VDDA-VSSA ) ) / 1023
C28SYSCLK
COMP = 0 WHEN VOLTAGE A < VOLTAGE B
COMP = 1 WHEN VOLTAGE A > VOLTAGE B
COMPSTS
PRODUCT PREVIEW
COMPB(2)
COMPSTS REG
COMPA(3)
DAC3
N/C
COMP3
COMPOUT(3)
MUX
AIO_MUX2
COMPA(4)
GPIO
DAC4
COMP4
COMPOUT(4)
N/C
4
COMPA(5)
DAC5
COMPB(5)
COMP5
COMPOUT(5)
MUX
COMPA(6)
DAC6
N/C
COMP6
COMPOUT(6)
(1) COMPSOURCE BIT MUST BE SET TO“DAC” FOR COMP 1, 3, 4, AND 6 , AS THE CORRESPONDING COMPB INPUTS ARENOT CONNECTED
Figure 5-4. Comparator + DAC Units
Peripheral Information and Timings
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
91
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
5.3.3
www.ti.com
Inter-Processor Communications (IPC)
Figure 5-5 shows the internal structure of the IPC peripheral used to synchronize program execution and
exchange of data between the Cortex™-M3 and the C28x CPU. IPC can be used by itself when
synchronizing program execution or it can be used in conjunction with Message RAMs when coordinating
data transfers between processors. In either case, the operation of the IPC is the same. There are two
independent sides to the IPC peripheral—MTOC (Master to Control) and CTOM (Control to Master).
PRODUCT PREVIEW
The MTOC IPC is used by the Master Subsystem to send events to the Control Subsystem. This is
typically accomplished using the following three registers: MTOCIPCSET, MTOCIPCFLG, and
MTOCIPCACK. Each of the 32 bits of these registers represents 32 independent channels through which
the Cortex™-M3 CPU can send up to 32 events to the C28x CPU via software handshaking. Additionally,
the first 4 bits of the MTOCIPC registers are supplemented with interrupts. To send an event via channel
2, for example, the Cortex™-M3 and C28x CPUs write to, and read from bit 2 of the MTOCIPCSET,
MTOCIPCFLG, MTOCIPCACK registers. The handshake starts with the Cortex™-M3 polling bit 2 of the
MTOCIPCFLG register to make sure it is ‘0’. Next, the Cortex™-M3 writes a ‘1’ into bit 2 of the
MTOCIPCSET register to start the handshake. In the mean time, the C28x is continually polling the
MTOCIPCFLG register while waiting for the message. As soon as the Cortex™-M3 writes ‘1’ to bit 2 of the
MTOCIPCSET register, bit 2 of MTOCIPCFLG also turns ‘1’, thus announcing the event to the C28x. As
soon as the C28x CPU reads a ‘1’ from the MTOCIPCFLG register, it should acknowledge by writing a ‘1’
to bit 2 of the MTOCIPCACK register. This, in turn, clears bit 2 of the MTOCIPCFLG register, enabling the
Cortex™-M3 to send another message. Since the first four channels (bits 0, 1, 2, 3) are backed up by
interrupts, both processors in the above example can use IPC interrupt 2 instead of polling to increase
performance.
A similar handshake is also used when sending data (not just event) from the Master Subsystem to the
Control Subsystem, but with two additional steps. Before setting a bit in the MTOCIPCSET register, the
Cortex™-M3 should first load the MTOC Message RAM with a block of data that it wants to make
available to the C28x. In the second additional step, the C28x should read the data before setting a bit in
the MTOCIPCACK register. This way, no data gets lost during multiple data transfers through a given
block of the message RAM.
The CTOM IPC is used by the Control Subsystem to send events to the Master Subsystem. This is
typically accomplished using the following three registers: CTOMIPCSET, CTOMIPCFLG and
CTOMIPCACK. The process is exactly the same as that for the MTOC IPC communication above.
92
Peripheral Information and Timings
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
INTRS
M3
CPU
CTOMIPCINT (3:0)
STS(3:0)
NVIC
M3 SYSTEM BUS
SET(31:0)
WRDATA
(31:0)
RDDATA
(31:0)
ACK(31:0)
MTOCIPCSET REG
MTOC_CH0
MTOC_CH1
MTOC_CH2
31
...
FLG REG
31
...
0
STS REG
31
...
0
ACK REG
M3
3
ACK
0
FLG
MTOC MSG RAM
CTOM MSG RAM
CTOM IPC
SET
STS
3
4
STS(31:0)
ACK(31:0)
RDDATA
(31:0)
WRDATA
(31:0)
SET(31:0)
2
SYNC HANDSHAKE
FOR ONE OF 32
MTOC CHANNELS
31
...
0
ACK REG
FLG REG
31
...
0
STS REG
SET REG
31
...
0
CTOM_CH31
CTOM_CH30
CTOM_CH29
C28
MTOCIPCACK REG
ACK
CTOMIPCSET REG
FLG
1
CTOMIPCSFLG REG
CTOM
SYNC HANDSHAKE
FOR ONE OF 32
MTOC CHANNELS
2
CTOM
MTOC
MTOC
MTOCIPCFLG REG
C28
1
STS
SET
MTOC IPC
M3
4
FLG(31:0)
CTOM_CH2
CTOM_CH1
CTOM_CH0
MTOC_CH29
MTOC_CH30
MTOC_CH31
SET REG
STS(31:0)
CTOMIPCSACK REG
32 MTOC IPC CHANNELS
PRODUCT PREVIEW
FLG(31:0)
32 CTOM IPC CHANNELS
C28 CPU BUS
STS(3:0)
MTOCIPCINT(3:0)
INTRS
C28x
CPU
PIE
Figure 5-5. Interprocessor Communications (IPC)
Peripheral Information and Timings
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
93
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
5.4
www.ti.com
Current Consumption
Table 5-1. F28M35Hx Current Consumption at 150-MHz C28x SYSCLKOUT and 75-MHz M3SSCLK (1) (2)
VREG ENABLED
TEST CONDITIONS (3)
MODE
IDDIO (4)
VREG DISABLED
IDDA
IDD18
IDDIO (4)
IDD12
IDDA
TYP (5)
MAX
TYP (5)
MAX
TYP (5)
MAX
TYP (5)
MAX
TYP (5)
MAX
TYP (5)
MAX
217 mA
–
30 mA
–
20 mA
–
121 mA
–
74 mA
–
30 mA
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
The following Cortex™-M3
peripherals are exercised:
Operational
(RAM)
•
I2C1
•
SSI1/2
•
UART0/1/2
•
CAN0
•
USB
•
µDMA
•
Timer0/1
•
µCRC
•
WDOG0/1
•
Flash
•
Internal Oscillators 1 and 2
The following C28x peripherals are
exercised:
PRODUCT PREVIEW
•
ePWM1/2/3/4/7/8
•
McBSP
•
eQEP1/2
•
eCAP1/2/3/4
•
SCI-A
•
SPI-A
•
I2C
•
DMA
•
VCU
•
FPU
•
Flash
The following Analog peripherals
are exercised:
SLEEP IDLE
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
94
•
ADC1/2
•
Comparator1/2/3/4/5/6
•
PLL is on.
•
Cortex™-M3 CPU is not
executing.
•
M3SSCLK is on.
•
C28CLKIN is on.
•
C28x™ CPU is not executing.
•
C28CPUCLK is off.
•
C28SYSCLK is on.
Currently only typical current consumption data is available, maximum numbers will come in another release of this data sheet.
The numbers in Table 5-1 are not assured at this time, and are subject to change.
The following is done in a loop:
• Code is running out of RAM.
• All I/O pins are left unconnected.
• All the communication peripherals are exercised in loop-back mode.
• USB – Only logic is exercised by loading and unloading FIFO.
• µDMA does memory-to-memory transfer.
• DMA does memory-to-memory transfer.
• VCU – CRC calculated and checked.
• FPU – Float operations performed.
• ePWM – 6 enabled and generates 20-MHz PWM output on 12 pins, HRPWM clock enabled.
• Timers and Watchdog serviced.
• eCAP in APWM mode generates 36.6-kHz output on 4 pins.
• ADC performs continuous conversion.
• FLASH is continuously read and in active state.
• XCLKOUT is turned off.
IDDIO current is dependent on the electrical loading on the I/O pins.
The TYP numbers are applicable over room temperature and nominal voltage.
Peripheral Information and Timings
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
Table 5-1. F28M35Hx Current Consumption at 150-MHz C28x SYSCLKOUT and 75-MHz
M3SSCLK(1)(2) (continued)
VREG ENABLED
TEST CONDITIONS (3)
SLEEP
STANDBY
DEEP SLEEP
STANDBY
•
PLL is on.
•
Cortex™-M3 CPU is not
executing.
•
M3SSCLK is on.
•
C28CLKIN is off.
•
C28x™ CPU is not executing.
•
C28CPUCLK is off.
•
C28SYSCLK is off.
•
PLL is off.
•
Cortex™-M3 CPU is not
executing.
•
M3SSCLK is 32 kHz.
•
C28CLKIN is off.
•
C28x™ CPU is not executing.
•
C28CPUCLK is off.
•
C28SYSCLK is off.
IDDIO (4)
VREG DISABLED
IDDA
IDD18
IDDIO (4)
IDD12
IDDA
TYP (5)
MAX
TYP (5)
MAX
TYP (5)
MAX
TYP (5)
MAX
TYP (5)
MAX
TYP (5)
MAX
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
TBD
–
PRODUCT PREVIEW
MODE
NOTE
The peripheral - I/O multiplexing implemented in the device prevents all available peripherals
from being used at the same time. This is because more than one peripheral function may
share an I/O pin. It is, however, possible to turn on the clocks to all the peripherals at the
same time, although such a configuration is not useful. If this is done, the current drawn by
the device will be more than the numbers specified in the current consumption table.
Peripheral Information and Timings
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
95
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
5.5
www.ti.com
Power Sequencing
5.5.1
Power Management and Supervisory Circuit Solutions
Table 5-2 lists the power management and supervisory circuit solutions for F28M35x devices. LDO
selection depends on the total power consumed in the end application. Go to www.ti.com and click on
Power Management for a complete list of TI power ICs or select the Power Management Selection Guide
link for specific power reference designs.
Table 5-2. Power Management and Supervisory Circuit Solutions
TYPE
PART
Texas Instruments
SUPPLIER
LDO
TPS767D301
DESCRIPTION
Texas Instruments
LDO
TPS70202
Dual 500/250-mA LDO with SVS
Texas Instruments
LDO
TPS766xx
250-mA LDO with PG
Texas Instruments
SVS
TPS3808
Open Drain SVS with programmable delay
Texas Instruments
SVS
TPS3803
Low-cost Open-drain SVS with 5 μS delay
Texas Instruments
LDO
TPS799xx
200-mA LDO in WCSP package
Dual 1-A low-dropout regulator (LDO) with supply voltage supervisor (SVS)
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Texas Instruments
LDO
TPS736xx
400-mA LDO with 40 mV of VDO
Texas Instruments
DC/DC
TPS62110
High Vin 1.2-A dc/dc converter in 4x4 QFN package
Texas Instruments
DC/DC
TPS6230x
500-mA converter in WCSP package
Texas Instruments
EVM
TPS62290
6-V input, 1.8-V output, 1-A evaluation module
Texas Instruments
DC/DC
TPS62291
1-A step-down dc/dc converter in 2x2 SON package
96
Peripheral Information and Timings
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
6 Device and Documentation Support
6.1
6.1.1
Device Support
Development Support
TI offers an extensive line of development tools, including tools to evaluate the performance of the
processors, generate code, develop algorithm implementations, and fully integrate and debug software
and hardware modules. The tool's support documentation is electronically available within the Code
Composer Studio™ Integrated Development Environment (IDE).
The following products support development of processor applications:
Software Development Tools: Code Composer Studio™ Integrated Development Environment (IDE):
including Editor C/C++/Assembly Code Generation, and Debug plus additional development tools
Scalable, Real-Time Foundation Software (SYS/BIOS), which provides the basic run-time target software
needed to support any processor application.
For a complete listing of development-support tools for the processor platform, visit the Texas Instruments
website at www.ti.com. For information on pricing and availability, contact the nearest TI field sales office
or authorized distributor.
6.1.2
Device Nomenclature
To designate the stages in the product development cycle, TI assigns prefixes to the part numbers of all
Concerto™ MCU devices and support tools. Each Concerto™ MCU commercial family member has one
of three prefixes: x, p, or no prefix (e.g., xF28M35H52C1RFPT). Texas Instruments recommends two of
three possible prefix designators for its support tools: TMDX and TMDS. These prefixes represent
evolutionary stages of product development from engineering prototypes (with prefix x/TMDX) through
fully qualified production devices/tools (no prefix/TMDS).
xF28M35...
Experimental device that is not necessarily representative of the final device's
electrical specifications
pF28M35...
Final silicon die that conforms to the device's electrical specifications but has
not completed quality and reliability verification
F28M35...
Fully qualified production device
Support tool development evolutionary flow:
TMDX Development-support product that has not yet completed Texas Instruments internal
qualification testing
TMDS Fully qualified development-support product
Devices with prefix x or p and TMDX development-support tools are shipped against the following
disclaimer:
"Developmental product is intended for internal evaluation purposes."
Production devices and TMDS development-support tools have been characterized fully, and the quality
and reliability of the device have been demonstrated fully. TI's standard warranty applies.
Predictions show that prototype devices with prefix of x or p have a greater failure rate than the standard
production devices. Texas Instruments recommends that these devices not be used in any production
system because their expected end-use failure rate still is undefined. Only qualified production devices are
to be used.
TI device nomenclature also includes a suffix with the device family name. This suffix indicates the
package type (for example, RFP) and temperature range (for example, T).
Device and Documentation Support
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
97
PRODUCT PREVIEW
Hardware Development Tools: Extended Development System ( XDS™) Emulator
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
For device part numbers and further ordering information of F28M35x devices in the RFP package type,
see the TI website (www.ti.com) or contact your TI sales representative.
For additional description of the device nomenclature markings on the die, see the F28M35H20B1,
F28M35H20C1, F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1, F28M35H50B1,
F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1 Concerto MCU Silicon Errata (literature number
SPRZ357).
F28M3
x
5
5
H
2
C
1
RFP
T
PREFIX
TEMPERATURE RANGE
T = −40°C to 105°C
S = −40°C to 125°C
Q = −40°C to 125°C
(Q refers to Q100 qualification
for automotive applications.)
= experimental device
x
= prototype device
p
no prefix = qualified device
DEVICE FAMILY
F28M3 = Concerto
TM
PACKAGE TYPE
TM
144-Pin RFP PowerPAD
Thermally Enhanced Thin Quad Flatpack (HTQFP)
SERIES NUMBER
PINS
1 = 144 pins
PERFORMANCE
(C28x
TM
TM
Speed / Cortex -M3 Speed)
PRODUCT PREVIEW
H = 150 / 75 MHz or 100 / 100 MHz
M = 75 / 75 MHz
E = 60 / 60 MHz
PERIPHERALS
C = Connectivity
B = Base
FLASH
2 = 256KB each core
3 = additional 256KB to one core
5 = 512KB each core
A.
(A)
RAM
0 = 132KB
2 = additional 64KB of masterable RAM
The additional 256KB is added to the Cortex™-M3 core (Connectivity Devices) or to the C28x™ core (Base Devices).
Figure 6-1. Device Nomenclature
6.2
Documentation Support
The following documents describe the MCU. Copies of these documents are available on the Internet at
www.ti.com. Tip: Enter the literature number in the search box.
6.3
SPRUH22
Concerto F28M35x Technical Reference Manual
SPRZ357
F28M35H20B1,
F28M35H20C1,
F28M35H22B1,
F28M35H22C1,
F28M35H32B1,
F28M35H32C1, F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1 Concerto
MCU Silicon Errata
Community Resources
The following links connect to TI community resources. Linked contents are provided "AS IS" by the
respective contributors. They do not constitute TI specifications and do not necessarily reflect TI's views;
see TI's Terms of Use.
TI E2E Community TI's Engineer-to-Engineer (E2E) Community. Created to foster collaboration
among engineers. At e2e.ti.com, you can ask questions, share knowledge, explore ideas and
help solve problems with fellow engineers.
TI Embedded Processors Wiki Texas Instruments Embedded Processors Wiki. Established to help
developers get started with Embedded Processors from Texas Instruments and to foster
innovation and growth of general knowledge about the hardware and software surrounding
these devices.
98
Device and Documentation Support
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
F28M35H20B1, F28M35H20C1
F28M35H22B1, F28M35H22C1, F28M35H32B1, F28M35H32C1
F28M35H50B1, F28M35H50C1, F28M35H52B1, F28M35H52C1
SPRS742B – JUNE 2011 – REVISED OCTOBER 2011
www.ti.com
7 Mechanical Packaging and Orderable Information
7.1
Packaging Information
PRODUCT PREVIEW
The following packaging information and addendum reflect the most current data available for the
designated device(s). This data is subject to change without notice and without revision of this document.
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Mechanical Packaging and Orderable Information
Submit Documentation Feedback
99
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
24-Aug-2011
PACKAGING INFORMATION
Orderable Device
Status
(1)
Package Type Package
Drawing
Pins
Package Qty
Eco Plan
(2)
Lead/
Ball Finish
MSL Peak Temp
Samples
(Requires Login)
F28M35H20B1RFPQ
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H20B1RFPS
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H20B1RFPT
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H20C1RFPQ
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H20C1RFPS
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H20C1RFPT
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H22B1RFPQ
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H22B1RFPS
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H22B1RFPT
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H22C1RFPQ
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H22C1RFPS
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H22C1RFPT
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H32B1RFPQ
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H32B1RFPS
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H32B1RFPT
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H32C1RFPQ
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H32C1RFPS
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H32C1RFPT
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H50B1RFPQ
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H50B1RFPS
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H50B1RFPT
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H50C1RFPQ
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H50C1RFPS
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H50C1RFPT
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H52B1RFPQ
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H52B1RFPS
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H52B1RFPT
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H52C1RFPQ
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H52C1RFPS
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
F28M35H52C1RFPT
PREVIEW
HTQFP
RFP
144
1000
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
Addendum-Page 1
(3)
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
Orderable Device
XF28M35H52C1RFPT
24-Aug-2011
Status
(1)
ACTIVE
Package Type Package
Drawing
HTQFP
RFP
Pins
144
Package Qty
Eco Plan
1
TBD
(2)
Lead/
Ball Finish
Call TI
MSL Peak Temp
(3)
Samples
(Requires Login)
Call TI
(1)
The marketing status values are defined as follows:
ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.
LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.
NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design.
PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.
OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.
(2)
Eco Plan - The planned eco-friendly classification: Pb-Free (RoHS), Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt), or Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br) - please check http://www.ti.com/productcontent for the latest availability
information and additional product content details.
TBD: The Pb-Free/Green conversion plan has not been defined.
Pb-Free (RoHS): TI's terms "Lead-Free" or "Pb-Free" mean semiconductor products that are compatible with the current RoHS requirements for all 6 substances, including the requirement that
lead not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, TI Pb-Free products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes.
Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt): This component has a RoHS exemption for either 1) lead-based flip-chip solder bumps used between the die and package, or 2) lead-based die adhesive used between
the die and leadframe. The component is otherwise considered Pb-Free (RoHS compatible) as defined above.
Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br): TI defines "Green" to mean Pb-Free (RoHS compatible), and free of Bromine (Br) and Antimony (Sb) based flame retardants (Br or Sb do not exceed 0.1% by weight
in homogeneous material)
(3)
MSL, Peak Temp. -- The Moisture Sensitivity Level rating according to the JEDEC industry standard classifications, and peak solder temperature.
Important Information and Disclaimer:The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI bases its knowledge and belief on information
provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information. Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and
continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals.
TI and TI suppliers consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release.
In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to Customer on an annual basis.
Addendum-Page 2
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Texas Instruments Incorporated and its subsidiaries (TI) reserve the right to make corrections, modifications, enhancements, improvements,
and other changes to its products and services at any time and to discontinue any product or service without notice. Customers should
obtain the latest relevant information before placing orders and should verify that such information is current and complete. All products are
sold subject to TI’s terms and conditions of sale supplied at the time of order acknowledgment.
TI warrants performance of its hardware products to the specifications applicable at the time of sale in accordance with TI’s standard
warranty. Testing and other quality control techniques are used to the extent TI deems necessary to support this warranty. Except where
mandated by government requirements, testing of all parameters of each product is not necessarily performed.
TI assumes no liability for applications assistance or customer product design. Customers are responsible for their products and
applications using TI components. To minimize the risks associated with customer products and applications, customers should provide
adequate design and operating safeguards.
TI does not warrant or represent that any license, either express or implied, is granted under any TI patent right, copyright, mask work right,
or other TI intellectual property right relating to any combination, machine, or process in which TI products or services are used. Information
published by TI regarding third-party products or services does not constitute a license from TI to use such products or services or a
warranty or endorsement thereof. Use of such information may require a license from a third party under the patents or other intellectual
property of the third party, or a license from TI under the patents or other intellectual property of TI.
Reproduction of TI information in TI data books or data sheets is permissible only if reproduction is without alteration and is accompanied
by all associated warranties, conditions, limitations, and notices. Reproduction of this information with alteration is an unfair and deceptive
business practice. TI is not responsible or liable for such altered documentation. Information of third parties may be subject to additional
restrictions.
Resale of TI products or services with statements different from or beyond the parameters stated by TI for that product or service voids all
express and any implied warranties for the associated TI product or service and is an unfair and deceptive business practice. TI is not
responsible or liable for any such statements.
TI products are not authorized for use in safety-critical applications (such as life support) where a failure of the TI product would reasonably
be expected to cause severe personal injury or death, unless officers of the parties have executed an agreement specifically governing
such use. Buyers represent that they have all necessary expertise in the safety and regulatory ramifications of their applications, and
acknowledge and agree that they are solely responsible for all legal, regulatory and safety-related requirements concerning their products
and any use of TI products in such safety-critical applications, notwithstanding any applications-related information or support that may be
provided by TI. Further, Buyers must fully indemnify TI and its representatives against any damages arising out of the use of TI products in
such safety-critical applications.
TI products are neither designed nor intended for use in military/aerospace applications or environments unless the TI products are
specifically designated by TI as military-grade or "enhanced plastic." Only products designated by TI as military-grade meet military
specifications. Buyers acknowledge and agree that any such use of TI products which TI has not designated as military-grade is solely at
the Buyer's risk, and that they are solely responsible for compliance with all legal and regulatory requirements in connection with such use.
TI products are neither designed nor intended for use in automotive applications or environments unless the specific TI products are
designated by TI as compliant with ISO/TS 16949 requirements. Buyers acknowledge and agree that, if they use any non-designated
products in automotive applications, TI will not be responsible for any failure to meet such requirements.
Following are URLs where you can obtain information on other Texas Instruments products and application solutions:
Products
Applications
Audio
www.ti.com/audio
Communications and Telecom www.ti.com/communications
Amplifiers
amplifier.ti.com
Computers and Peripherals
www.ti.com/computers
Data Converters
dataconverter.ti.com
Consumer Electronics
www.ti.com/consumer-apps
DLP® Products
www.dlp.com
Energy and Lighting
www.ti.com/energy
DSP
dsp.ti.com
Industrial
www.ti.com/industrial
Clocks and Timers
www.ti.com/clocks
Medical
www.ti.com/medical
Interface
interface.ti.com
Security
www.ti.com/security
Logic
logic.ti.com
Space, Avionics and Defense
www.ti.com/space-avionics-defense
Power Mgmt
power.ti.com
Transportation and Automotive www.ti.com/automotive
Microcontrollers
microcontroller.ti.com
Video and Imaging
RFID
www.ti-rfid.com
OMAP Mobile Processors
www.ti.com/omap
Wireless Connectivity
www.ti.com/wirelessconnectivity
TI E2E Community Home Page
www.ti.com/video
e2e.ti.com
Mailing Address: Texas Instruments, Post Office Box 655303, Dallas, Texas 75265
Copyright © 2011, Texas Instruments Incorporated